% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
-%
+%
% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
%
-\def\texinfoversion{2013-02-01.11}
+\def\texinfoversion{2020-06-25.17}
%
-% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
-% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
-% 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+% Copyright 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
%
% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
% General Public License for more details.
%
% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+% along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
%
% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
%
% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
% reports; you can get the latest version from:
-% http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or
-% http://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or
-% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page)
+% https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/ (the Texinfo release area), or
+% https://ftpmirror.gnu.org/texinfo/ (same, via a mirror), or
+% https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page)
% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
%
-% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a
+% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include a
% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
%
% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the
% full Texinfo distribution.
%
-% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
+% The GNU Texinfo home page is https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
\catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
+% LaTeX's \typeout. This ensures that the messages it is used for
+% are identical in format to the corresponding ones from latex/pdflatex.
+\def\typeout{\immediate\write17}%
+
\chardef\other=12
% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
\let\ptexraggedright=\raggedright
\let\ptexrbrace=\}
\let\ptexslash=\/
+\let\ptexsp=\sp
\let\ptexstar=\*
+\let\ptexsup=\sup
\let\ptext=\t
\let\ptextop=\top
{\catcode`\'=\active \global\let\ptexquoteright'}% active in plain's math mode
\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
-% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful.
-\chardef\spacecat = 10
-\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat}
+% Give the space character the catcode for a space.
+\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =10\relax}
+
+% Likewise for ^^M, the end of line character.
+\def\endlineisspace{\catcode13=10\relax}
-% sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences.
-\chardef\ampChar = `\&
-\chardef\colonChar = `\:
-\chardef\commaChar = `\,
\chardef\dashChar = `\-
-\chardef\dotChar = `\.
-\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
-\chardef\hashChar = `\#
-\chardef\lquoteChar= `\`
-\chardef\questChar = `\?
-\chardef\rquoteChar= `\'
-\chardef\semiChar = `\;
\chardef\slashChar = `\/
\chardef\underChar = `\_
wide-spread wrap-around
}
-% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
-\newdimen\bindingoffset
-\newdimen\normaloffset
-\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
-
-% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
-% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
-% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
-%
-\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt }
-
% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make
% @errormsg{MSG}. Do the index-like expansions on MSG, but if things
% aren't perfect, it's not the end of the world, being an error message,
% after all.
-%
+%
\def\errormsg{\begingroup \indexnofonts \doerrormsg}
\def\doerrormsg#1{\errmessage{#1}}
\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
\removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
-% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
+%\f Output routine
%
-\newif\ifcropmarks
-\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
-%
-% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
-% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
+
+% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
+% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
+% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
%
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt }
+
\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
-\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc
-\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor.
%
% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter
% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top
-% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page. The solution is
-% described on page 260 of The TeXbook. It involves outputting two
-% marks for the sectioning macros, one before the section break, and
-% one after. I won't pretend I can describe this better than DEK...
+% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page.
+
+% \domark is called twice inside \chapmacro, to add one
+% mark before the section break, and one after.
+% In the second call \prevchapterdefs is the same as \currentchapterdefs,
+% and \prevsectiondefs is the same as \currentsectiondefs.
+% Then if the page is not broken at the mark, some of the previous
+% section appears on the page, and we can get the name of this section
+% from \firstmark for @everyheadingmarks top.
+% @everyheadingmarks bottom uses \botmark.
+%
+% See page 260 of The TeXbook.
\def\domark{%
- \toks0=\expandafter{\lastchapterdefs}%
- \toks2=\expandafter{\lastsectiondefs}%
+ \toks0=\expandafter{\currentchapterdefs}%
+ \toks2=\expandafter{\currentsectiondefs}%
\toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}%
\toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}%
- \toks8=\expandafter{\lastcolordefs}%
+ \toks8=\expandafter{\currentcolordefs}%
\mark{%
- \the\toks0 \the\toks2
- \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6
- \noexpand\else \the\toks8
+ \the\toks0 \the\toks2 % 0: marks for @everyheadingmarks top
+ \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6 % 1: for @everyheadingmarks bottom
+ \noexpand\else \the\toks8 % 2: color marks
}%
}
+
+% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks,
+% \getcolormarks - extract needed part of mark.
+%
% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title
% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us
% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g.,
% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very
% first @chapter.
\def\gettopheadingmarks{%
- \ifcase0\topmark\fi
+ \ifcase0\the\savedtopmark\fi
\ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi
}
\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi}
-\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\topmark\fi}
+\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\the\savedtopmark\fi}
% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors.
-\def\lastchapterdefs{}
-\def\lastsectiondefs{}
+\def\currentchapterdefs{}
+\def\currentsectiondefs{}
+\def\currentsection{}
\def\prevchapterdefs{}
\def\prevsectiondefs{}
-\def\lastcolordefs{}
+\def\currentcolordefs{}
+
+% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
+\newdimen\bindingoffset
+\newdimen\normaloffset
+\newdimen\txipagewidth \newdimen\txipageheight
% Main output routine.
+%
\chardef\PAGE = 255
-\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
+\newtoks\defaultoutput
+\defaultoutput = {\savetopmark\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
+\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput}
\newbox\headlinebox
\newbox\footlinebox
-% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents
-% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
+% When outputting the double column layout for indices, an output routine
+% is run several times, which hides the original value of \topmark. This
+% can lead to a page heading being output and duplicating the chapter heading
+% of the index. Hence, save the contents of \topmark at the beginning of
+% the output routine. The saved contents are valid until we actually
+% \shipout a page.
+%
+% (We used to run a short output routine to actually set \topmark and
+% \firstmark to the right values, but if this was called with an empty page
+% containing whatsits for writing index entries, the whatsits would be thrown
+% away and the index auxiliary file would remain empty.)
+%
+\newtoks\savedtopmark
+\newif\iftopmarksaved
+\topmarksavedtrue
+\def\savetopmark{%
+ \iftopmarksaved\else
+ \global\savedtopmark=\expandafter{\topmark}%
+ \global\topmarksavedtrue
+ \fi
+}
+
+% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.
+% \shipout a vbox for a single page, adding an optional header, footer
+% and footnote. This also causes index entries for this page to be written
+% to the auxiliary files.
+%
\def\onepageout#1{%
- \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
+ \hoffset=\normaloffset
%
\ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
\else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
%
+ \checkchapterpage
+ %
+ % Retrieve the information for the headings from the marks in the page,
+ % and call Plain TeX's \makeheadline and \makefootline, which use the
+ % values in \headline and \footline.
+ %
+ % Common context changes for both heading and footing.
% Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
% the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
+ \def\commonheadfootline{\let\hsize=\txipagewidth \texinfochars}
+ %
\ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
- \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
+ \global\setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makeheadline}%
\ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi
- \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
+ \global\setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\commonheadfootline \makefootline}%
%
{%
+ % Set context for writing to auxiliary files like index files.
% Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
% take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
% before the \shipout runs.
%
- \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
- \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
- % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
- % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this:
- % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}}
- % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in;
- % it needs to be
- % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym}
+ \atdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
+ \turnoffactive
\shipout\vbox{%
% Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
\ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
%
- \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
- \hsize = \outerhsize
- \vskip-\topandbottommargin
- \vtop to0pt{%
- \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
- \nointerlineskip
- \line{%
- \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
- \hfill
- \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
- }%
- \vss}%
- \vskip\topandbottommargin
- \line\bgroup
- \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
- \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
- \vbox\bgroup
- \fi
- %
\unvbox\headlinebox
\pagebody{#1}%
\ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
\unvbox\footlinebox
\fi
%
- \ifcropmarks
- \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
- \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
- \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
- \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
- \vbox to0pt{\vss
- \line{%
- \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
- \hfill
- \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
- }%
- \nointerlineskip
- \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
- }%
- \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
- \fi
- }% end of \shipout\vbox
- }% end of group with \indexdummies
+ }%
+ }%
+ \global\topmarksavedfalse
\advancepageno
\ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
}
\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
-\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
+% Main part of page, including any footnotes
+\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\txipageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
{\catcode`\@ =11
\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
}
-% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are
-% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
-% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
-%
-\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
-\def\nstop{\vbox
- {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
-\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
-\def\nsbot{\vbox
- {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
+% Check if we are on the first page of a chapter. Used for printing headings.
+\newif\ifchapterpage
+\def\checkchapterpage{%
+ % Get the chapter that was current at the end of the last page
+ \ifcase1\the\savedtopmark\fi
+ \let\prevchaptername\thischaptername
+ %
+ \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
+ \let\curchaptername\thischaptername
+ %
+ \ifx\curchaptername\prevchaptername
+ \chapterpagefalse
+ \else
+ \chapterpagetrue
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Argument parsing
% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
+% For example, \def\foo{\parsearg\fooxxx}.
%
\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
}%
}
-% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
+% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. Pass the result on to
+% \argcheckspaces.
\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
%
\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}}
+
+% \parseargdef - define a command taking an argument on the line
+%
% \parseargdef\foo{...}
% is roughly equivalent to
% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
-%
-% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my
-% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03
-
\def\parseargdef#1{%
\expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
}
\endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
\global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
\egroup % End the \vtop.
+ \addgroupbox
+ \prevdepth = \dimen1
+ \checkinserts
+}
+
+\def\addgroupbox{
% \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
\dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
% \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
- \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
+ \dimen2 = \txipageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
% if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
% group, force a page break.
\ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
- \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
+ \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\txipageheight
\page
\fi
\fi
\box\groupbox
- \prevdepth = \dimen1
- \checkinserts
}
+
%
% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
\temp
}
-% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should
-% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the
-% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would
-% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
-% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). This command
-% is not documented, not supported, and doesn't work.
-%
-\def\|{%
- % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
- \leavevmode
- %
- % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
- \vadjust{%
- % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
- % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
- \vskip-\baselineskip
- %
- % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So
- % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
- \llap{%
- %
- % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
- \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
- %
- % This is the space between the bar and the text.
- \hskip 12pt
- }%
- }%
-}
-
% @include FILE -- \input text of FILE.
%
\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
% @comment ...line which is ignored...
% @c is the same as @comment
% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
-%
-\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
+
+
+\def\c{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\active%
\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
-\commentxxx}
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
+\cxxx}
+{\catcode`\^^M=\active \gdef\cxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
%
-\let\c=\comment
+\let\comment\c
% @paragraphindent NCHARS
% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
% paragraph.
%
\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
- \gdef\indent{%
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
- \indent
- }%
- \gdef\noindent{%
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
- \noindent
- }%
- \global\everypar = {%
- \kern -\parindent
- \restorefirstparagraphindent
- }%
+ \gdef\indent {\restorefirstparagraphindent \indent}%
+ \gdef\noindent{\restorefirstparagraphindent \noindent}%
+ \global\everypar = {\kern -\parindent \restorefirstparagraphindent}%
}
-
+%
\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
- \global \let \indent = \ptexindent
- \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent
- \global \everypar = {}%
+ \global\let\indent = \ptexindent
+ \global\let\noindent = \ptexnoindent
+ \global\everypar = {}%
}
% @refill is a no-op.
\let\refill=\relax
-% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
-% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
-% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
-%
-\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
-\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
-
-% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
-% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
-% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
-\def\setfilename{%
- \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
- \iflinks
- \tryauxfile
- % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
- \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
- \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
- \openindices
- \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
- %
- % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
- % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
- \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
- \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
- \closein 1
- %
- \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
-}
-
-% Called from \setfilename.
-%
-\def\openindices{%
- \newindex{cp}%
- \newcodeindex{fn}%
- \newcodeindex{vr}%
- \newcodeindex{tp}%
- \newcodeindex{ky}%
- \newcodeindex{pg}%
-}
+% @setfilename INFO-FILENAME - ignored
+\let\setfilename=\comment
% @bye.
-\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
+\outer\def\bye{\chappager\pagelabels\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
\message{pdf,}
\newtoks\toksC
\newtoks\toksD
\newbox\boxA
+\newbox\boxB
\newcount\countA
\newif\ifpdf
\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
+%
+% For LuaTeX
+%
+
+\newif\iftxiuseunicodedestname
+\txiuseunicodedestnamefalse % For pdfTeX etc.
+
+\ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+\else
+ % Use Unicode destination names
+ \txiuseunicodedestnametrue
+ % Escape PDF strings with converting UTF-16 from UTF-8
+ \begingroup
+ \catcode`\%=12
+ \directlua{
+ function UTF16oct(str)
+ tex.sprint(string.char(0x5c) .. '376' .. string.char(0x5c) .. '377')
+ for c in string.utfvalues(str) do
+ if c < 0x10000 then
+ tex.sprint(
+ string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+ string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
+ math.floor(c / 256), math.floor(c % 256)))
+ else
+ c = c - 0x10000
+ local c_hi = c / 1024 + 0xd800
+ local c_lo = c % 1024 + 0xdc00
+ tex.sprint(
+ string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+ string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+ string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o' ..
+ string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
+ math.floor(c_hi / 256), math.floor(c_hi % 256),
+ math.floor(c_lo / 256), math.floor(c_lo % 256)))
+ end
+ end
+ end
+ }
+ \endgroup
+ \def\pdfescapestrutfsixteen#1{\directlua{UTF16oct('\luaescapestring{#1}')}}
+ % Escape PDF strings without converting
+ \begingroup
+ \directlua{
+ function PDFescstr(str)
+ for c in string.bytes(str) do
+ if c <= 0x20 or c >= 0x80 or c == 0x28 or c == 0x29 or c == 0x5c then
+ tex.sprint(-2,
+ string.format(string.char(0x5c) .. string.char(0x25) .. '03o',
+ c))
+ else
+ tex.sprint(-2, string.char(c))
+ end
+ end
+ end
+ }
+ % The -2 in the arguments here gives all the input to TeX catcode 12
+ % (other) or 10 (space), preventing undefined control sequence errors. See
+ % https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-texinfo/2019-08/msg00031.html
+ %
+ \endgroup
+ \def\pdfescapestring#1{\directlua{PDFescstr('\luaescapestring{#1}')}}
+ \ifnum\luatexversion>84
+ % For LuaTeX >= 0.85
+ \def\pdfdest{\pdfextension dest}
+ \let\pdfoutput\outputmode
+ \def\pdfliteral{\pdfextension literal}
+ \def\pdfcatalog{\pdfextension catalog}
+ \def\pdftexversion{\numexpr\pdffeedback version\relax}
+ \let\pdfximage\saveimageresource
+ \let\pdfrefximage\useimageresource
+ \let\pdflastximage\lastsavedimageresourceindex
+ \def\pdfendlink{\pdfextension endlink\relax}
+ \def\pdfoutline{\pdfextension outline}
+ \def\pdfstartlink{\pdfextension startlink}
+ \def\pdffontattr{\pdfextension fontattr}
+ \def\pdfobj{\pdfextension obj}
+ \def\pdflastobj{\numexpr\pdffeedback lastobj\relax}
+ \let\pdfpagewidth\pagewidth
+ \let\pdfpageheight\pageheight
+ \edef\pdfhorigin{\pdfvariable horigin}
+ \edef\pdfvorigin{\pdfvariable vorigin}
+ \fi
+\fi
+
% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as being undefined.
\ifx\pdfoutput\thisisundefined
\fi
\fi
+\newif\ifpdforxetex
+\pdforxetexfalse
+\ifpdf
+ \pdforxetextrue
+\fi
+\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined\else
+ \pdforxetextrue
+\fi
+
+
+% Output page labels information.
+% See PDF reference v.1.7 p.594, section 8.3.1.
+\ifpdf
+\def\pagelabels{%
+ \def\title{0 << /P (T-) /S /D >>}%
+ \edef\roman{\the\romancount << /S /r >>}%
+ \edef\arabic{\the\arabiccount << /S /D >>}%
+ %
+ % Page label ranges must be increasing. Remove any duplicates.
+ % (There is a slight chance of this being wrong if e.g. there is
+ % a @contents but no @titlepage, etc.)
+ %
+ \ifnum\romancount=0 \def\roman{}\fi
+ \ifnum\arabiccount=0 \def\title{}%
+ \else
+ \ifnum\romancount=\arabiccount \def\roman{}\fi
+ \fi
+ %
+ \ifnum\romancount<\arabiccount
+ \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \roman \arabic ] >> }\relax
+ \else
+ \pdfcatalog{/PageLabels << /Nums [\title \arabic \roman ] >> }\relax
+ \fi
+}
+\else
+ \let\pagelabels\relax
+\fi
+
+\newcount\pagecount \pagecount=0
+\newcount\romancount \romancount=0
+\newcount\arabiccount \arabiccount=0
+\ifpdf
+ \let\ptxadvancepageno\advancepageno
+ \def\advancepageno{%
+ \ptxadvancepageno\global\advance\pagecount by 1
+ }
+\fi
+
+
% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets,
% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to
% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good.
-%
+%
% See http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html and
% related messages. The final outcome is that it is up to the TeX user
% to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
\ifx\pdfescapestring\thisisundefined
% No primitive available; should we give a warning or log?
% Many times it won't matter.
+ \xdef#1{#1}%
\else
% The expandable \pdfescapestring primitive escapes parentheses,
% backslashes, and other special chars.
\xdef#1{\pdfescapestring{#1}}%
\fi
}
+\def\txiescapepdfutfsixteen#1{%
+ \ifx\pdfescapestrutfsixteen\thisisundefined
+ % No UTF-16 converting macro available.
+ \txiescapepdf{#1}%
+ \else
+ \xdef#1{\pdfescapestrutfsixteen{#1}}%
+ \fi
+}
\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images
with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found. (.eps cannot
\ifpdf
%
- % Color manipulation macros based on pdfcolor.tex,
+ % Color manipulation macros using ideas from pdfcolor.tex,
% except using rgb instead of cmyk; the latter is said to render as a
% very dark gray on-screen and a very dark halftone in print, instead
- % of actual black.
+ % of actual black. The dark red here is dark enough to print on paper as
+ % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing. We use
+ % black by default, though.
\def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
\def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
%
- % k sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.);
- % K sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s).
+ % rg sets the color for filling (usual text, etc.);
+ % RG sets the color for stroking (thin rules, e.g., normal _'s).
\def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 rg #1 RG}}
%
% Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
% so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
\def\setcolor#1{%
- \xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
+ \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
\domark
\pdfsetcolor{#1}%
}
\def\maincolor{\rgbBlack}
\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
\edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
- \def\lastcolordefs{}
+ \def\currentcolordefs{}
%
\def\makefootline{%
\baselineskip24pt
\pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
\fi}
%
- \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
+ \def\setpdfdestname#1{{%
% We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
% such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
\indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
\makevalueexpandable
+ \turnoffactive
+ \iftxiuseunicodedestname
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
+ % Pass through Latin-1 characters.
+ % LuaTeX with byte wise I/O converts Latin-1 characters to Unicode.
+ \else
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+ % Pass through Unicode characters.
+ \else
+ % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
+ \passthroughcharsfalse
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
+ \passthroughcharsfalse
+ \fi
\def\pdfdestname{#1}%
\txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
- \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
}}
%
+ \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{%
+ \indexnofonts
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \turnoffactive
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
+ % The PDF format can use an extended form of Latin-1 in bookmark
+ % strings. See Appendix D of the PDF Reference, Sixth Edition, for
+ % the "PDFDocEncoding".
+ \passthroughcharstrue
+ % Pass through Latin-1 characters.
+ % LuaTeX: Convert to Unicode
+ % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding
+ \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ \else
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+ \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+ % For pdfTeX with UTF-8.
+ % TODO: the PDF format can use UTF-16 in bookmark strings,
+ % but the code for this isn't done yet.
+ % Use ASCII approximations.
+ \passthroughcharsfalse
+ \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ \else
+ % For LuaTeX with UTF-8.
+ % Pass through Unicode characters for title texts.
+ \passthroughcharstrue
+ \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ % For non-Latin-1 or non-UTF-8 encodings.
+ % Use ASCII approximations.
+ \passthroughcharsfalse
+ \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ % LuaTeX: Convert to UTF-16
+ % pdfTeX: Use Latin-1 as PDFDocEncoding
+ \txiescapepdfutfsixteen\pdfoutlinetext
+ }}
+ %
+ \def\pdfmkdest#1{%
+ \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+ \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
+ }
+ %
% used to mark target names; must be expandable.
\def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
%
- % by default, use a color that is dark enough to print on paper as
- % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing.
- \def\urlcolor{\rgbDarkRed}
- \def\linkcolor{\rgbDarkRed}
+ % by default, use black for everything.
+ \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack}
+ \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack}
\def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
%
% Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
% page number. We could generate a destination for the section
% text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
% seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
- \edef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
- \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty
- \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}%
- \else
- \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinedest
+ \setpdfoutlinetext{#1}
+ \setpdfdestname{#3}
+ \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+ \def\pdfdestname{#4}%
\fi
%
- % Also escape PDF chars in the display string.
- \edef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
- \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext
- %
- \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
+ \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
}
%
\def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
% subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
%
% We use the node names as the destinations.
+ %
+ % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number
+ % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much
+ % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer.
\def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
\dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
\def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
\dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
% their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Too
% much work for too little return. Just use the ASCII equivalents
% we use for the index sort strings.
- %
+ %
\indexnofonts
\setupdatafile
% We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
\endgroup}
+ % \pdfgettoks - Surround page numbers in #1 with @pdflink. #1 may
+ % be a simple number, or a list of numbers in the case of an index
+ % entry.
+ \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
+ \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+ \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
+ \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
+ \def\maketoks{%
+ \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
+ \ifx\first0\adn0
+ \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
+ \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
+ \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
+ \else
+ \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
+ \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
+ \let\next=\maketoks
+ \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
+ \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
+ \fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+ \next}
+ \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
+ {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
+ \def\pdflink#1{%
+ \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
+ \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
+ \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
+\else
+ % non-pdf mode
+ \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
+ \let\pdfurl = \gobble
+ \let\endlink = \relax
+ \let\setcolor = \gobble
+ \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble
+ \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
+\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
+
+%
+% For XeTeX
+%
+\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+\else
+ %
+ % XeTeX version check
+ %
+ \ifnum\strcmp{\the\XeTeXversion\XeTeXrevision}{0.99996}>-1
+ % TeX Live 2016 contains XeTeX 0.99996 and xdvipdfmx 20160307.
+ % It can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special (from TeX Live SVN r40941).
+ % For avoiding PDF destination name replacement, we use this special
+ % instead of xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'.
+ \special{dvipdfmx:config C 0x0010}
+ % XeTeX 0.99995+ comes with xdvipdfmx 20160307+.
+ % It can handle Unicode destination names for PDF.
+ \txiuseunicodedestnametrue
+ \else
+ % XeTeX < 0.99996 (TeX Live < 2016) cannot use the
+ % `dvipdfmx:config' special.
+ % So for avoiding PDF destination name replacement,
+ % xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010' is necessary.
+ %
+ % XeTeX < 0.99995 can not handle Unicode destination names for PDF
+ % because xdvipdfmx 20150315 has a UTF-16 conversion issue.
+ % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
+ \txiuseunicodedestnamefalse
+ \fi
+ %
+ % Color support
+ %
+ \def\rgbDarkRed{0.50 0.09 0.12}
+ \def\rgbBlack{0 0 0}
+ %
+ \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\special{pdf:scolor [#1]}}
+ %
+ % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
+ % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
+ \def\setcolor#1{%
+ \xdef\currentcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
+ \domark
+ \pdfsetcolor{#1}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\maincolor{\rgbBlack}
+ \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
+ \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
+ \def\currentcolordefs{}
+ %
+ \def\makefootline{%
+ \baselineskip24pt
+ \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\makeheadline{%
+ \vbox to 0pt{%
+ \vskip-22.5pt
+ \line{%
+ \vbox to8.5pt{}%
+ % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
+ \getcolormarks
+ % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
+ \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
+ }%
+ \vss
+ }%
+ \nointerlineskip
+ }
+ %
+ % PDF outline support
+ %
+ % Emulate pdfTeX primitive
+ \def\pdfdest name#1 xyz{%
+ \special{pdf:dest (#1) [@thispage /XYZ @xpos @ypos null]}%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\setpdfdestname#1{{%
+ % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
+ % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
+ \indexnofonts
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \turnoffactive
+ \iftxiuseunicodedestname
+ % Pass through Unicode characters.
+ \else
+ % Use ASCII approximations in destination names.
+ \passthroughcharsfalse
+ \fi
+ \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
+ \txiescapepdf\pdfdestname
+ }}
+ %
+ \def\setpdfoutlinetext#1{{%
+ \turnoffactive
+ % Always use Unicode characters in title texts.
+ \def\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+ % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts to UTF-16.
+ % So we do not convert.
+ \txiescapepdf\pdfoutlinetext
+ }}
+ %
+ \def\pdfmkdest#1{%
+ \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+ \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
+ }
+ %
+ % by default, use black for everything.
+ \def\urlcolor{\rgbBlack}
+ \def\linkcolor{\rgbBlack}
+ \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
+ %
+ \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
+ \setpdfoutlinetext{#1}
+ \setpdfdestname{#3}
+ \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+ \def\pdfdestname{#4}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \special{pdf:out [-] #2 << /Title (\pdfoutlinetext) /A
+ << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >> }%
+ }
+ %
+ \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
+ \begingroup
+ %
+ % For XeTeX, counts of subentries are not necessary.
+ % Therefore, we read toc only once.
+ %
+ % We use node names as destinations.
+ %
+ % Currently we prefix the section name with the section number
+ % for chapter and appendix headings only in order to avoid too much
+ % horizontal space being required in the PDF viewer.
+ \def\partentry##1##2##3##4{}% ignore parts in the outlines
+ \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##2 ##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{2}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{3}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{4}{##3}{##4}}%
+ %
+ \let\appentry\numchapentry%
+ \let\appsecentry\numsecentry%
+ \let\appsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
+ \let\appsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
+ \def\unnchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+ \dopdfoutline{##1}{1}{##3}{##4}}%
+ \let\unnsecentry\numsecentry%
+ \let\unnsubsecentry\numsubsecentry%
+ \let\unnsubsubsecentry\numsubsubsecentry%
+ %
+ % For XeTeX, xdvipdfmx converts strings to UTF-16.
+ % Therefore, the encoding and the language may not be considered.
+ %
+ \indexnofonts
+ \setupdatafile
+ % We can have normal brace characters in the PDF outlines, unlike
+ % Texinfo index files. So set that up.
+ \def\{{\lbracecharliteral}%
+ \def\}{\rbracecharliteral}%
+ \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
+ \input \tocreadfilename
+ \endgroup
+ }
+ {\catcode`[=1 \catcode`]=2
+ \catcode`{=\other \catcode`}=\other
+ \gdef\lbracecharliteral[{]%
+ \gdef\rbracecharliteral[}]%
+ ]
+
+ \special{pdf:docview << /PageMode /UseOutlines >> }
+ % ``\special{pdf:tounicode ...}'' is not necessary
+ % because xdvipdfmx converts strings from UTF-8 to UTF-16 without it.
+ % However, due to a UTF-16 conversion issue of xdvipdfmx 20150315,
+ % ``\special{pdf:dest ...}'' cannot handle non-ASCII strings.
+ % It is fixed by xdvipdfmx 20160106 (TeX Live SVN r39753).
+%
+ \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
+ \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
+ \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
+ \addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
+ \advance\filenamelength by 1
+ \fi
+ \nextsp}
+ \def\getfilename#1{%
+ \filenamelength=0
+ % If we don't expand the argument now, \skipspaces will get
+ % snagged on things like "@value{foo}".
+ \edef\temp{#1}%
+ \expandafter\skipspaces\temp|\relax
+ }
+ % make a live url in pdf output.
+ \def\pdfurl#1{%
+ \begingroup
+ % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
+ % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
+ % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
+ % people have actually reported a problem with.
+ %
+ \normalturnoffactive
+ \def\@{@}%
+ \let\/=\empty
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ % do we want to go so far as to use \indexnofonts instead of just
+ % special-casing \var here?
+ \def\var##1{##1}%
+ %
+ \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
+ \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
+ /Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >> >>}%
+ \endgroup}
+ \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\special{pdf:eann}}
\def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
\def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
\def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
\def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
{\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
\def\pdflink#1{%
- \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
+ \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0]
+ /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A << /S /GoTo /D (#1) >> >>}%
\setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
\def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
-\else
- % non-pdf mode
- \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
- \let\pdfurl = \gobble
- \let\endlink = \relax
- \let\setcolor = \gobble
- \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble
- \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
-\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
-
-
-\message{fonts,}
-
-% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
-% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
-% italics, not bold italics.
-%
-\def\setfontstyle#1{%
- \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
- \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font
-}
-
-% Select #1 fonts with the current style.
%
-\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
-
-\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
-\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
-\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
-\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
-\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
-
-% Unfortunately, we have to override this for titles and the like, since
-% in those cases "rm" is bold. Sigh.
-\def\rmisbold{\rm\def\curfontstyle{bf}}
-
-% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
-% So we set up a \sf.
-\newfam\sffam
-\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
-\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
+ %
+ % @image support
+ %
+ % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
+ \def\doxeteximage#1#2#3{%
+ \def\xeteximagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \def\xeteximageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ %
+ % XeTeX (and the PDF format) supports .pdf, .png, .jpg (among
+ % others). Let's try in that order, PDF first since if
+ % someone has a scalable image, presumably better to use that than a
+ % bitmap.
+ \let\xeteximgext=\empty
+ \begingroup
+ \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.PDF \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
+ \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
+ \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for XeTeX}%
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{JPG}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpeg}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{jpg}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{png}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{PDF}%
+ \fi
+ \else \gdef\xeteximgext{pdf}%
+ \fi
+ \closein 1
+ \endgroup
+ %
+ \def\xetexpdfext{pdf}%
+ \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
+ \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
+ \else
+ \def\xetexpdfext{PDF}%
+ \ifx\xeteximgext\xetexpdfext
+ \XeTeXpdffile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
+ \else
+ \XeTeXpicfile "#1".\xeteximgext ""
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \xeteximagewidth \fi
+ \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \xeteximageheight \fi \relax
+ }
+\fi
-% We don't need math for this font style.
-\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
+%
+\message{fonts,}
% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
+\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf
+\let\ttslfont=\defttsl \let\slfont=\defsl \bf}
% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
\font\smallersy=cmsy8
\def\smallerecsize{0800}
+% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt).
+\def\sevennominalsize{7pt}
+\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
+\font\seveni=cmmi7
+\font\sevensy=cmsy7
+\def\sevenecsize{0700}
+
% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
% Section fonts (14.4pt).
\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\secrmnotbold\rmshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
\def\ssececsize{1200}
-% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
+% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (10pt).
\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\defsl\slshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
+\def\df{\let\ttfont=\deftt \let\bffont = \defbf
+\let\slfont=\defsl \let\ttslfont=\defttsl \bf}
% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
\font\smallersy=cmsy8
\def\smallerecsize{0800}
+% Fonts for math mode superscripts (7pt).
+\def\sevennominalsize{7pt}
+\setfont\sevenrm\rmshape{7}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\seventt\ttshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\sevenbf\bfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevenit\itshape{7}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\sevensl\slshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevensf\sfshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\sevensc\scshape{10}{700}{OT1}
+\setfont\seventtsl\ttslshape{10}{700}{OT1TT}
+\font\seveni=cmmi7
+\font\sevensy=cmsy7
+\def\sevenecsize{0700}
+
% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
\font\ssecsy=cmsy10
\def\ssececsize{1000}
-% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt).
+% Reduced fonts for @acronym in text (9pt).
\def\reducednominalsize{9pt}
\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
\rm
} % end of 10pt text font size definitions, \definetextfontsizex
+% Fonts for short table of contents.
+\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12
+\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
+
% We provide the user-level command
% @fonttextsize 10
\endgroup
}
+%
+% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
+% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
+% italics, not bold italics.
+%
+\def\setfontstyle#1{%
+ \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
+ \csname #1font\endcsname % change the current font
+}
+
+\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
+\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
+\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
+\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
+\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}\def\ttstylename{tt}
+
+% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
+% So we set up a \sf.
+\newfam\sffam
+\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
+
+% We don't need math for this font style.
+\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
+
% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
-% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since
-% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
-% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
-% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
+% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.
+% We don't bother to reset \scriptscriptfont; awaiting user need.
%
\def\resetmathfonts{%
- \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
- \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
- \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
+ \textfont0=\rmfont \textfont1=\ifont \textfont2=\syfont
+ \textfont\itfam=\itfont \textfont\slfam=\slfont \textfont\bffam=\bffont
+ \textfont\ttfam=\ttfont \textfont\sffam=\sffont
+ %
+ % Fonts for superscript. Note that the 7pt fonts are used regardless
+ % of the current font size.
+ \scriptfont0=\sevenrm \scriptfont1=\seveni \scriptfont2=\sevensy
+ \scriptfont\itfam=\sevenit \scriptfont\slfam=\sevensl
+ \scriptfont\bffam=\sevenbf \scriptfont\ttfam=\seventt
+ \scriptfont\sffam=\sevensf
}
-% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
-% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the
-% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire
-% \tenSTYLE to set the current font.
+%
+
+% The font-changing commands (all called \...fonts) redefine the meanings
+% of \STYLEfont, instead of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs
+% to also set the current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm)
+% commands hardwire \STYLEfont to set the current font.
+%
+% The fonts used for \ifont are for "math italics" (\itfont is for italics
+% in regular text). \syfont is also used in math mode only.
%
% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
-% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in
-% the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
+% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used
+% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
%
% This all needs generalizing, badly.
%
-\def\textfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
- \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
- \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
- \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
- \def\curfontsize{text}%
- \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
-\def\titlefonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
- \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
- \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
- \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
- \def\curfontsize{title}%
- \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{27pt}}
-\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rmisbold #1}}
-\def\chapfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
- \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
- \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
- \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
- \def\curfontsize{chap}%
- \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
-\def\secfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
- \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
- \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
- \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
- \def\curfontsize{sec}%
- \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
-\def\subsecfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
- \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
- \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
- \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
- \def\curfontsize{ssec}%
- \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
-\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
-\def\reducedfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
- \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
- \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
- \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
- \def\curfontsize{reduced}%
- \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
- \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
- \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
- \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
- \def\curfontsize{small}%
- \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallerfonts{%
- \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
- \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
- \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
- \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
- \def\curfontsize{smaller}%
- \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
- \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
-% Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1} % no cmb12
-\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
-\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\def\assignfonts#1{%
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\rmfont\csname #1rm\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\itfont\csname #1it\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\slfont\csname #1sl\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\bffont\csname #1bf\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttfont\csname #1tt\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\smallcaps\csname #1sc\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\sffont \csname #1sf\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\ifont \csname #1i\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\syfont \csname #1sy\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\ttslfont\csname #1ttsl\endcsname
+}
+
+\newif\ifrmisbold
+
+% Select smaller font size with the current style. Used to change font size
+% in, e.g., the LaTeX logo and acronyms. If we are using bold fonts for
+% normal roman text, also use bold fonts for roman text in the smaller size.
+\def\switchtolllsize{%
+ \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lllsize}%
+ \ifrmisbold
+ \let\rmfont\bffont
+ \fi
+ \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname
+}%
+
+\def\switchtolsize{%
+ \expandafter\assignfonts\expandafter{\lsize}%
+ \ifrmisbold
+ \let\rmfont\bffont
+ \fi
+ \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname
+}%
+
+\def\definefontsetatsize#1#2#3#4#5{%
+\expandafter\def\csname #1fonts\endcsname{%
+ \def\curfontsize{#1}%
+ \def\lsize{#2}\def\lllsize{#3}%
+ \csname rmisbold#5\endcsname
+ \assignfonts{#1}%
+ \resetmathfonts
+ \setleading{#4}%
+}}
+
+\definefontsetatsize{text} {reduced}{smaller}{\textleading}{false}
+\definefontsetatsize{title} {chap} {subsec} {27pt} {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{chap} {sec} {text} {19pt} {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{sec} {subsec} {reduced}{17pt} {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{ssec} {text} {small} {15pt} {true}
+\definefontsetatsize{reduced}{small} {smaller}{10.5pt}{false}
+\definefontsetatsize{small} {smaller}{smaller}{10.5pt}{false}
+\definefontsetatsize{smaller}{smaller}{smaller}{9.5pt} {false}
+
+\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
+\let\subsecfonts = \ssecfonts
+\let\subsubsecfonts = \ssecfonts
% Define these just so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
% Markup style infrastructure. \defmarkupstylesetup\INITMACRO will
% define and register \INITMACRO to be called on markup style changes.
% \INITMACRO can check \currentmarkupstyle for the innermost
-% style and the set of \ifmarkupSTYLE switches for all styles
-% currently in effect.
-\newif\ifmarkupvar
-\newif\ifmarkupsamp
-\newif\ifmarkupkey
-%\newif\ifmarkupfile % @file == @samp.
-%\newif\ifmarkupoption % @option == @samp.
-\newif\ifmarkupcode
-\newif\ifmarkupkbd
-%\newif\ifmarkupenv % @env == @code.
-%\newif\ifmarkupcommand % @command == @code.
-\newif\ifmarkuptex % @tex (and part of @math, for now).
-\newif\ifmarkupexample
-\newif\ifmarkupverb
-\newif\ifmarkupverbatim
+% style.
\let\currentmarkupstyle\empty
\def\setupmarkupstyle#1{%
- \csname markup#1true\endcsname
\def\currentmarkupstyle{#1}%
\markupstylesetup
}
% lilypond developers report. xpdf does work with the regular 0x27.
%
\def\codequoteright{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
- '%
+ \ifmonospace
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
+ '%
+ \else \char'15 \fi
\else \char'15 \fi
- \else \char'15 \fi
+ \else
+ '%
+ \fi
}
%
% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent.
% the code environments to do likewise.
%
\def\codequoteleft{%
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
- % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
- % \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
- \relax`%
+ \ifmonospace
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
+ % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
+ % \relax disables Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font.
+ \relax`%
+ \else \char'22 \fi
\else \char'22 \fi
- \else \char'22 \fi
+ \else
+ \relax`%
+ \fi
}
% Commands to set the quote options.
-%
+%
\parseargdef\codequoteundirected{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\onword
% If we are in a monospaced environment, however, 1) always use \ttsl,
% and 2) do not add an italic correction.
\def\dosmartslant#1#2{%
- \ifusingtt
+ \ifusingtt
{{\ttsl #2}\let\next=\relax}%
{\def\next{{#1#2}\futurelet\next\smartitaliccorrection}}%
\next
\ifx\next,%
\else\ifx\next-%
\else\ifx\next.%
+ \else\ifx\next\.%
+ \else\ifx\next\comma%
\else\ptexslash
- \fi\fi\fi
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
\aftersmartic
}
%
\catcode`@=11
\def\plainfrenchspacing{%
- \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
- \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
+ \sfcode`\.=\@m \sfcode`\?=\@m \sfcode`\!=\@m
+ \sfcode`\:=\@m \sfcode`\;=\@m \sfcode`\,=\@m
\def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
}
\def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
% @t, explicit typewriter.
\def\t#1{%
- {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
+ {\tt \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
\null
}
% Turn off hyphenation.
\nohyphenation
%
- \rawbackslash
\plainfrenchspacing
#1%
}%
}
% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
+% (But see \codedashfinish below.)
% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
%
% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
-% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
-% -- rms.
+% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -- rms.
{
\catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
\catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
\let-\normaldash
\let_\realunder
\fi
+ % Given -foo (with a single dash), we do not want to allow a break
+ % after the hyphen.
+ \global\let\codedashprev=\codedash
+ %
\codex
}
+ %
+ \gdef\codedash{\futurelet\next\codedashfinish}
+ \gdef\codedashfinish{%
+ \normaldash % always output the dash character itself.
+ %
+ % Now, output a discretionary to allow a line break, unless
+ % (a) the next character is a -, or
+ % (b) the preceding character is a -.
+ % E.g., given --posix, we do not want to allow a break after either -.
+ % Given --foo-bar, we do want to allow a break between the - and the b.
+ \ifx\next\codedash \else
+ \ifx\codedashprev\codedash
+ \else \discretionary{}{}{}\fi
+ \fi
+ % we need the space after the = for the case when \next itself is a
+ % space token; it would get swallowed otherwise. As in @code{- a}.
+ \global\let\codedashprev= \next
+ }
}
-
+\def\normaldash{-}
+%
\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
-\def\normaldash{-}
-\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
\def\codeunder{%
% this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _
% is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
\let\file=\code
\let\option=\code
-% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
-% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
-% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
-% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url.
-% (This \urefnobreak definition isn't used now, leaving it for a while
-% for comparison.)
-\def\urefnobreak#1{\dourefnobreak #1,,,\finish}
-\def\dourefnobreak#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
- \unsepspaces
- \pdfurl{#1}%
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
- \else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
- \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
- \ifpdf
- \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
- \else
- \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
- \fi
- \else
- \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
- \fi
- \fi
- \endlink
-\endgroup}
+% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') aka @url takes an optional
+% (comma-separated) second argument specifying the text to display and
+% an optional third arg as text to display instead of (rather than in
+% addition to) the url itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url.
-% This \urefbreak definition is the active one.
+% TeX-only option to allow changing PDF output to show only the second
+% arg (if given), and not the url (which is then just the link target).
+\newif\ifurefurlonlylink
+
+% The main macro is \urefbreak, which allows breaking at expected
+% places within the url. (There used to be another version, which
+% didn't support automatic breaking.)
\def\urefbreak{\begingroup \urefcatcodes \dourefbreak}
\let\uref=\urefbreak
+%
\def\dourefbreak#1{\urefbreakfinish #1,,,\finish}
\def\urefbreakfinish#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% doesn't work in @example
\unsepspaces
\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
\unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
\else
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% look for second arg
\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
\ifpdf
- \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
+ % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
+ \ifurefurlonlylink
+ % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
+ \unhbox0
+ \else
+ % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
+ % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
+ \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
+ \fi
\else
- \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})% DVI, always show arg and url
+ \else
+ % For XeTeX
+ \ifurefurlonlylink
+ % PDF plus option to not display url, show just arg
+ \unhbox0
+ \else
+ % PDF, normally display both arg and url for consistency,
+ % visibility, if the pdf is eventually used to print, etc.
+ \unhbox0\ (\urefcode{#1})%
+ \fi
+ \fi
\fi
\else
\urefcode{#1}% only url given, so show it
% Allow line breaks around only a few characters (only).
\def\urefcatcodes{%
- \catcode\ampChar=\active \catcode\dotChar=\active
- \catcode\hashChar=\active \catcode\questChar=\active
- \catcode\slashChar=\active
+ \catcode`\&=\active \catcode`\.=\active
+ \catcode`\#=\active \catcode`\?=\active
+ \catcode`\/=\active
}
{
\urefcatcodes
\global\def/{\normalslash}
}
-% we put a little stretch before and after the breakable chars, to help
-% line breaking of long url's. The unequal skips make look better in
-% cmtt at least, especially for dots.
-\def\urefprestretch{\urefprebreak \hskip0pt plus.13em }
-\def\urefpoststretch{\urefpostbreak \hskip0pt plus.1em }
-%
-\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprestretch \&\urefpoststretch}
-\def\urefcodedot{\urefprestretch .\urefpoststretch}
-\def\urefcodehash{\urefprestretch \#\urefpoststretch}
-\def\urefcodequest{\urefprestretch ?\urefpoststretch}
+\def\urefcodeamp{\urefprebreak \&\urefpostbreak}
+\def\urefcodedot{\urefprebreak .\urefpostbreak}
+\def\urefcodehash{\urefprebreak \#\urefpostbreak}
+\def\urefcodequest{\urefprebreak ?\urefpostbreak}
\def\urefcodeslash{\futurelet\next\urefcodeslashfinish}
{
\catcode`\/=\active
\global\def\urefcodeslashfinish{%
- \urefprestretch \slashChar
+ \urefprebreak \slashChar
% Allow line break only after the final / in a sequence of
% slashes, to avoid line break between the slashes in http://.
- \ifx\next/\else \urefpoststretch \fi
+ \ifx\next/\else \urefpostbreak \fi
}
}
-% One more complication: by default we'll break after the special
-% characters, but some people like to break before the special chars, so
-% allow that. Also allow no breaking at all, for manual control.
-%
+% By default we'll break after the special characters, but some people like to
+% break before the special chars, so allow that. Also allow no breaking at
+% all, for manual control.
+%
\parseargdef\urefbreakstyle{%
\def\txiarg{#1}%
\ifx\txiarg\wordnone
\def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
\else\ifx\txiarg\wordbefore
- \def\urefprebreak{\allowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
+ \def\urefprebreak{\urefallowbreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\nobreak}
\else\ifx\txiarg\wordafter
- \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\allowbreak}
+ \def\urefprebreak{\nobreak}\def\urefpostbreak{\urefallowbreak}
\else
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Unknown @urefbreakstyle setting `\txiarg'}%
\def\wordbefore{before}
\def\wordnone{none}
+% Allow a ragged right output to aid breaking long URL's. There can
+% be a break at the \allowbreak with no extra glue (if the existing stretch in
+% the line is sufficient), a break at the \penalty100 with extra glue added
+% at the end of the line, or no break at all here.
+% Changing the value of the penalty and/or the amount of stretch affects how
+% preferable one choice is over the other.
+\def\urefallowbreak{%
+ \allowbreak
+ \hskip 0pt plus 2 em\relax
+ \penalty300
+ \hskip 0pt plus -2 em\relax
+}
+
\urefbreakstyle after
% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
%
%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
-\ifpdf
+\ifpdforxetex
\def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
\def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
\unsepspaces
%
\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
-% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
-% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for
-% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96.
-%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
-
% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
% all-uppercase.
%
\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
- {\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
+ {\switchtolsize #1}%
\def\temp{#2}%
\ifx\temp\empty \else
\space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
%
\def\math{%
- \tex
- \mathunderscore
- \let\\ = \mathbackslash
- \mathactive
- % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
- \let\"=\ddot
- \let\'=\acute
- \let\==\bar
- \let\^=\hat
- \let\`=\grave
- \let\u=\breve
- \let\v=\check
- \let\~=\tilde
- \let\dotaccent=\dot
- $\finishmath
+ \ifmmode\else % only go into math if not in math mode already
+ \tex
+ \mathunderscore
+ \let\\ = \mathbackslash
+ \mathactive
+ % make the texinfo accent commands work in math mode
+ \let\"=\ddot
+ \let\'=\acute
+ \let\==\bar
+ \let\^=\hat
+ \let\`=\grave
+ \let\u=\breve
+ \let\v=\check
+ \let\~=\tilde
+ \let\dotaccent=\dot
+ % have to provide another name for sup operator
+ \let\mathopsup=\sup
+ $\expandafter\finishmath\fi
}
\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex.
}
}
-% ctrl is no longer a Texinfo command, but leave this definition for fun.
-\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
+% for @sub and @sup, if in math mode, just do a normal sub/superscript.
+% If in text, use math to place as sub/superscript, but switch
+% into text mode, with smaller fonts. This is a different font than the
+% one used for real math sub/superscripts (8pt vs. 7pt), but let's not
+% fix it (significant additions to font machinery) until someone notices.
+%
+\def\sub{\ifmmode \expandafter\sb \else \expandafter\finishsub\fi}
+\def\finishsub#1{$\sb{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}%
+%
+\def\sup{\ifmmode \expandafter\ptexsp \else \expandafter\finishsup\fi}
+\def\finishsup#1{$\ptexsp{\hbox{\switchtolllsize #1}}$}%
% @inlinefmt{FMTNAME,PROCESSED-TEXT} and @inlineraw{FMTNAME,RAW-TEXT}.
% Ignore unless FMTNAME == tex; then it is like @iftex and @tex,
% except specified as a normal braced arg, so no newlines to worry about.
-%
+%
\def\outfmtnametex{tex}
%
\long\def\inlinefmt#1{\doinlinefmt #1,\finish}
\def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
\ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\fi
}
+%
+% @inlinefmtifelse{FMTNAME,THEN-TEXT,ELSE-TEXT} expands THEN-TEXT if
+% FMTNAME is tex, else ELSE-TEXT.
+\long\def\inlinefmtifelse#1{\doinlinefmtifelse #1,,,\finish}
+\long\def\doinlinefmtifelse#1,#2,#3,#4,\finish{%
+ \def\inlinefmtname{#1}%
+ \ifx\inlinefmtname\outfmtnametex \ignorespaces #2\else \ignorespaces #3\fi
+}
+%
% For raw, must switch into @tex before parsing the argument, to avoid
% setting catcodes prematurely. Doing it this way means that, for
% example, @inlineraw{html, foo{bar} gets a parse error instead of being
% *right* brace they would have to use a command anyway, so they may as
% well use a command to get a left brace too. We could re-use the
% delimiter character idea from \verb, but it seems like overkill.
-%
+%
\long\def\inlineraw{\tex \doinlineraw}
\long\def\doinlineraw#1{\doinlinerawtwo #1,\finish}
\def\doinlinerawtwo#1,#2,\finish{%
\endgroup % close group opened by \tex.
}
+% @inlineifset{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is @set.
+%
+\long\def\inlineifset#1{\doinlineifset #1,\finish}
+\long\def\doinlineifset#1,#2,\finish{%
+ \def\inlinevarname{#1}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax
+ \else\ignorespaces#2\fi
+}
+
+% @inlineifclear{VAR, TEXT} expands TEXT if VAR is not @set.
+%
+\long\def\inlineifclear#1{\doinlineifclear #1,\finish}
+\long\def\doinlineifclear#1,#2,\finish{%
+ \def\inlinevarname{#1}%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET\inlinevarname\endcsname\relax \ignorespaces#2\fi
+}
+
\message{glyphs,}
% and logos.
\let\atchar=\@
% @{ @} @lbracechar{} @rbracechar{} all generate brace characters.
-% Unless we're in typewriter, use \ecfont because the CM text fonts do
-% not have braces, and we don't want to switch into math.
-\def\mylbrace{{\ifmonospace\else\ecfont\fi \char123}}
-\def\myrbrace{{\ifmonospace\else\ecfont\fi \char125}}
-\let\{=\mylbrace \let\lbracechar=\{
-\let\}=\myrbrace \let\rbracechar=\}
-\begingroup
- % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
- % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files.
- \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
- \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
- \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
- !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
- !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
- !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
- !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
-!endgroup
+\def\lbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char123\else\ensuremath\lbrace\fi}}
+\def\rbracechar{{\ifmonospace\char125\else\ensuremath\rbrace\fi}}
+\let\{=\lbracechar
+\let\}=\rbracechar
% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
\let\comma = ,
% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
\def\questiondown{?`}
\def\exclamdown{!`}
-\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
-\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
+\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{a}}}
+\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize \underbar{o}}}
% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
\def\imacro{i}
{\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
\vbox to \ht0{\hbox{%
\ifx\textnominalsize\xwordpt
- % for 10pt running text, \lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX.
+ % for 10pt running text, lllsize (8pt) is too small for the A in LaTeX.
% Revert to plain's \scriptsize, which is 7pt.
\count255=\the\fam $\fam\count255 \scriptstyle A$%
\else
% For 11pt, we can use our lllsize.
- \selectfonts\lllsize A%
+ \switchtolllsize A%
\fi
}%
\vss
\TeX
}
-% Some math mode symbols.
-\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
-\def\geq{\ifmmode \ge\else $\ge$\fi}
-\def\leq{\ifmmode \le\else $\le$\fi}
-\def\minus{\ifmmode -\else $-$\fi}
+% Some math mode symbols. Define \ensuremath to switch into math mode
+% unless we are already there. Expansion tricks may not be needed here,
+% but safer, and can't hurt.
+\def\ensuremath{\ifmmode \expandafter\asis \else\expandafter\ensuredmath \fi}
+\def\ensuredmath#1{$\relax#1$}
+%
+\def\bullet{\ensuremath\ptexbullet}
+\def\geq{\ensuremath\ge}
+\def\leq{\ensuremath\le}
+\def\minus{\ensuremath-}
% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
%
\newbox\errorbox
%
-{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
+{\ttfont \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf \putworderror\kern-1.5pt}
% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
%
-\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
+\def\pounds{\ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"BF}\else{\it\$}\fi}
% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
\def\Eogonek{{\ecfont \char"86}}\def\macrocharE{E}
\def\eogonek{{\ecfont \char"A6}}\def\macrochare{e}
%
-% Use the ec* fonts (cm-super in outline format) for non-CM glyphs.
-\def\ecfont{%
+% Use the European Computer Modern fonts (cm-super in outline format)
+% for non-CM glyphs. That is ec* for regular text and tc* for the text
+% companion symbols (LaTeX TS1 encoding). Both are part of the ec
+% package and follow the same conventions.
+%
+\def\ecfont{\etcfont{e}}
+\def\tcfont{\etcfont{t}}
+%
+\def\etcfont#1{%
% We can't distinguish serif/sans and italic/slanted, but this
% is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German
% quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so
\edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
\ifmonospace
% typewriter:
- \font\thisecfont = ectt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+ \font\thisecfont = #1ctt\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
\else
\ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
% bold:
- \font\thisecfont = ecb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+ \font\thisecfont = #1cb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
\else
% regular:
- \font\thisecfont = ec\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+ \font\thisecfont = #1c\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
\fi
\fi
\thisecfont
% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
%
\def\registeredsymbol{%
- $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
+ $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\switchtolllsize R}%
\hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
}$%
}
\fi
% Quotes.
-\chardef\quotedblleft="5C
-\chardef\quotedblright=`\"
\chardef\quoteleft=`\`
\chardef\quoteright=`\'
+% only change font for tt for correct kerning and to avoid using
+% \ecfont unless necessary.
+\def\quotedblleft{%
+ \ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"10}\else{\char"5C}\fi
+}
+
+\def\quotedblright{%
+ \ifmonospace{\ecfont\char"11}\else{\char`\"}\fi
+}
+
\message{page headings,}
\newif\ifseenauthor
\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
-% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
-% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
-%
-\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+% @setcontentsaftertitlepage used to do an implicit @contents or
+% @shortcontents after @end titlepage, but it is now obsolete.
+\def\setcontentsaftertitlepage{%
+ \errmessage{@setcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
+ command; move your @contents command if you want the contents
+ after the title page.}}%
+\def\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage{%
+ \errmessage{@setshortcontentsaftertitlepage has been removed as a Texinfo
+ command; move your @shortcontents and @contents commands if you
+ want the contents after the title page.}}%
\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{%
\begingroup \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
% Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
% in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
\HEADINGSon
- %
- % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
- \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
- \shortcontents
- \contents
- \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
- \global\let\contents = \relax
- \fi
- %
- \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
- \contents
- \global\let\contents = \relax
- \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
- \fi
}
\def\finishtitlepage{%
% Settings used for typesetting titles: no hyphenation, no indentation,
% don't worry much about spacing, ragged right. This should be used
-% inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. Because
-% it is always used for titles, nothing else, we call \rmisbold. \par
-% should be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group.
-%
+% inside a \vbox, and fonts need to be set appropriately first. \par should
+% be specified before the end of the \vbox, since a vbox is a group.
+%
\def\raggedtitlesettings{%
- \rmisbold
+ \rm
\hyphenpenalty=10000
\parindent=0pt
\tolerance=5000
% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
-\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
+\let\subtitlerm=\rmfont
\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
\parseargdef\title{%
\else
\checkenv\titlepage
\ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
- {\secfonts\rmisbold \leftline{#1}}%
+ {\secfonts\rm \leftline{#1}}%
\fi
}
\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages
\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages
+\newtoks\evenchapheadline% headline on even pages with a new chapter
+\newtoks\oddchapheadline % headline on odd pages with a new chapter
\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
-% Now make TeX use those variables
-\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
- \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
+% Now make \makeheadline and \makefootline in Plain TeX use those variables
+\headline={{\textfonts\rm
+ \ifchapterpage
+ \ifodd\pageno\the\oddchapheadline\else\the\evenchapheadline\fi
+ \else
+ \ifodd\pageno\the\oddheadline\else\the\evenheadline\fi
+ \fi}}
+
\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
\else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+ \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}
+ \global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline}
\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+ \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
+ \global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline}
\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
%
% Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
% @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
- \global\advance\pageheight by -12pt
+ \global\advance\txipageheight by -12pt
\global\advance\vsize by -12pt
}
% @everyheadingmarks
% @everyfootingmarks
+% These define \getoddheadingmarks, \getevenheadingmarks,
+% \getoddfootingmarks, and \getevenfootingmarks, each to one of
+% \gettopheadingmarks, \getbottomheadingmarks.
+%
\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}}
\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}}
\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}}
\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}}
-\def\everyheadingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
+\parseargdef\everyheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
\headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} }
-\def\everyfootingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
+\parseargdef\everyfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
\headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} }
% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom.
\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {%
% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
-\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
+\parseargdef\headings{\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
\def\headingsoff{% non-global headings elimination
- \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}%
- \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}%
+ \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}\evenchapheadline={\hfil}%
+ \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}\oddchapheadline={\hfil}%
}
\def\HEADINGSoff{{\globaldefs=1 \headingsoff}} % global setting
\HEADINGSoff % it's the default
% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
+\def\pageone{
+ \global\pageno=1
+ \global\arabiccount = \pagecount
+}
+
% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
% edge of all pages.
\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+\pageone
+\HEADINGSdoublex
}
\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
% page number on top right.
\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\pageone
+\HEADINGSsinglex
}
\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\evenchapheadline={\line{\folio\hfil}}
+\global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}}
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
}
\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\evenchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddchapheadline={\line{\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+
+% for @setchapternewpage off
+\def\HEADINGSsinglechapoff{%
+\pageone
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\evenchapheadline=\evenheadline
+\global\oddchapheadline=\oddheadline
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
}
\parskip=\smallskipamount
\ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
%
- % Try typesetting the item mark that if the document erroneously says
+ % Try typesetting the item mark so that if the document erroneously says
% something like @itemize @samp (intending @table), there's an error
% right away at the @itemize. It's not the best error message in the
% world, but it's better than leaving it to the @item. This means if
\noindent
\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
%
- \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
+ \ifinner\else
+ \vadjust{\penalty 1200}% not good to break after first line of item.
+ \fi
+ % We can be in inner vertical mode in a footnote, although an
+ % @itemize looks awful there.
+ }%
\flushcr
}
% multitable-only commands.
%
-% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
-% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
-% of an alignment entry. \everycr resets \everytab so we don't have to
+% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. Assignments
+% have to be global since we are inside the implicit group of an
+% alignment entry. \everycr below resets \everytab so we don't have to
% undo it ourselves.
\def\headitemfont{\b}% for people to use in the template row; not changeable
\def\headitem{%
\checkenv\multitable
\crcr
+ \gdef\headitemcrhook{\nobreak}% attempt to avoid page break after headings
\global\everytab={\bf}% can't use \headitemfont since the parsing differs
\the\everytab % for the first item
}%
%
+% default for tables with no headings.
+\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
+%
% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template
% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until
% we again encounter the problem the 1sp was intended to solve.
%
\everycr = {%
\noalign{%
- \global\everytab={}%
+ \global\everytab={}% Reset from possible headitem.
\global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
- % Check for saved footnotes, etc.
+ %
+ % Check for saved footnotes, etc.:
\checkinserts
- % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
- %\filbreak
- % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the
- % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the
- % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
+ %
+ % Perhaps a \nobreak, then reset:
+ \headitemcrhook
+ \global\let\headitemcrhook=\relax
}%
}%
%
\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
{
- \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active
+ \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
%
\gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
\let\value = \expandablevalue
}
}
-% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
-% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies).
-% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since
-% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the
-% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
-% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
-% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
-%
\def\expandablevalue#1{%
\expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
{[No value for ``#1'']}%
\fi
}
+% Like \expandablevalue, but completely expandable (the \message in the
+% definition above operates at the execution level of TeX). Used when
+% writing to auxiliary files, due to the expansion that \write does.
+% If flag is undefined, pass through an unexpanded @value command: maybe it
+% will be set by the time it is read back in.
+%
+% NB flag names containing - or _ may not work here.
+\def\dummyvalue#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ \string\value{#1}%
+ \else
+ \csname SET#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+% Used for @value's in index entries to form the sort key: expand the @value
+% if possible, otherwise sort late.
+\def\indexnofontsvalue#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+ ZZZZZZZ%
+ \else
+ \csname SET#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
% with @set.
%
-% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine.
+% To get the special treatment we need for `@end ifset,' we call
+% \makecond and then redefine.
%
\makecond{ifset}
\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
% without the @) is in fact defined. We can only feasibly check at the
% TeX level, so something like `mathcode' is going to considered
% defined even though it is not a Texinfo command.
-%
+%
\makecond{ifcommanddefined}
\def\ifcommanddefined{\parsearg{\doifcmddefined{\let\next=\ifcmddefinedfail}}}
%
% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
-% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
-% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
-% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
-% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
-% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo.
+% \newindex {foo} defines an index named IX.
+% It automatically defines \IXindex such that
+% \IXindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index IX.
+% It also defines \IXindfile to be the number of the output channel for
+% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is IX.
% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
% for the sake of vms.
%
\def\newindex#1{%
- \iflinks
- \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
- \fi
+ \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index
\noexpand\doindex{#1}}
}
\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
%
\def\newcodeindex#1{%
- \iflinks
- \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
- \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
- \fi
+ \expandafter\chardef\csname#1indfile\endcsname=0
\expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
\noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
}
+% The default indices:
+\newindex{cp}% concepts,
+\newcodeindex{fn}% functions,
+\newcodeindex{vr}% variables,
+\newcodeindex{tp}% types,
+\newcodeindex{ky}% keys
+\newcodeindex{pg}% and programs.
+
% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
% #3 the target index (bar).
\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
- % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
- % closing the target index.
- \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \relax
- % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
- % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
- \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
- \expandafter\let\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
- \fi
+ \requireopenindexfile{#3}%
% redefine \fooindfile:
\expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
\expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
\expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
}
-% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
+% Define \doindex, the driver for all index macros.
% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
-% and it is "foo", the name of the index.
-
-% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
-% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
+% and it is the two-letter name of the index.
-% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
-% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
-
-\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
-\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
+\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\doindexxxx}
+\def\doindexxxx #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
-\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
-\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
-
-% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
-% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
-% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
-%
-\def\indexdummies{%
- \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
- \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
- \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
- %
- % Need these unexpandable (because we define \tt as a dummy)
- % definitions when @{ or @} appear in index entry text. Also, more
- % complicated, when \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
- % We can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
- % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. Perhaps we
- % should define @lbrace and @rbrace commands a la @comma.
- \def\{{{\tt\char123}}%
- \def\}{{\tt\char125}}%
- %
- % I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is
- % generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts
- % causes processing to be prematurely terminated. This is,
- % apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput
- % is an expandable command. The redefinition below makes \endinput
- % disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that
- % processing continues to some further point. On the other hand, it
- % seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that
- % is still getting written without apparent harm.
- %
- % Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to
- % help-texinfo, 22may06):
- % @macro funindex {WORD}
- % @findex xyz
- % @end macro
- % ...
- % @funindex commtest
- %
- % The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor.
- %
- % Sample whatsit resulting:
- % .@write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz@endinput }}}
- %
- % So:
- \let\endinput = \empty
- %
- % Do the redefinitions.
- \commondummies
-}
+\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\docodeindexxxx}
+\def\docodeindexxxx #1{\docind{\indexname}{#1}}
-% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character. So we want to
-% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of
-% \realbackslash, still used for index files). When everything uses @,
-% this will be simpler.
+
+% Used for the aux, toc and index files to prevent expansion of Texinfo
+% commands.
%
\def\atdummies{%
- \def\@{@@}%
- \def\ {@ }%
- \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
- \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
+ \definedummyletter\@%
+ \definedummyletter\ %
+ \definedummyletter\{%
+ \definedummyletter\}%
+ \definedummyletter\&%
%
% Do the redefinitions.
- \commondummies
+ \definedummies
\otherbackslash
}
-% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies.
+% \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
+% preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words,
+% not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
+% control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
+% from whatever follows.
%
-\def\commondummies{%
- %
- % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
- % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control words,
- % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
- % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
- % from whatever follows.
- %
- % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
- % space.
- %
- % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
- % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
- % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
- %
- \def\definedummyword ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}%
- \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
- \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
+% These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
+% those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
+% that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
+%
+% For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
+% space.
+%
+\def\definedummyword #1{\def#1{\string#1\space}}%
+\def\definedummyletter#1{\def#1{\string#1}}%
+\let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
+
+% Called from \atdummies to prevent the expansion of commands.
+%
+\def\definedummies{%
%
+ \let\commondummyword\definedummyword
+ \let\commondummyletter\definedummyletter
+ \let\commondummyaccent\definedummyaccent
\commondummiesnofonts
%
\definedummyletter\_%
\definedummyword\TeX
%
% Assorted special characters.
+ \definedummyword\ampchar
+ \definedummyword\atchar
\definedummyword\arrow
+ \definedummyword\backslashchar
\definedummyword\bullet
\definedummyword\comma
\definedummyword\copyright
\definedummyword\guilsinglright
\definedummyword\lbracechar
\definedummyword\leq
+ \definedummyword\mathopsup
\definedummyword\minus
\definedummyword\ogonek
\definedummyword\pounds
\definedummyword\quotesinglbase
\definedummyword\rbracechar
\definedummyword\result
+ \definedummyword\sub
+ \definedummyword\sup
\definedummyword\textdegree
%
+ \definedummyword\subentry
+ %
% We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
\macrolist
+ \let\value\dummyvalue
%
\normalturnoffactive
- %
- % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
- % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
- \makevalueexpandable
}
-% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
+% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \definedummies and \indexnofonts.
+% Define \commondummyletter, \commondummyaccent and \commondummyword before
+% using. Used for accents, font commands, and various control letters.
%
\def\commondummiesnofonts{%
% Control letters and accents.
- \definedummyletter\!%
- \definedummyaccent\"%
- \definedummyaccent\'%
- \definedummyletter\*%
- \definedummyaccent\,%
- \definedummyletter\.%
- \definedummyletter\/%
- \definedummyletter\:%
- \definedummyaccent\=%
- \definedummyletter\?%
- \definedummyaccent\^%
- \definedummyaccent\`%
- \definedummyaccent\~%
- \definedummyword\u
- \definedummyword\v
- \definedummyword\H
- \definedummyword\dotaccent
- \definedummyword\ogonek
- \definedummyword\ringaccent
- \definedummyword\tieaccent
- \definedummyword\ubaraccent
- \definedummyword\udotaccent
- \definedummyword\dotless
+ \commondummyletter\!%
+ \commondummyaccent\"%
+ \commondummyaccent\'%
+ \commondummyletter\*%
+ \commondummyaccent\,%
+ \commondummyletter\.%
+ \commondummyletter\/%
+ \commondummyletter\:%
+ \commondummyaccent\=%
+ \commondummyletter\?%
+ \commondummyaccent\^%
+ \commondummyaccent\`%
+ \commondummyaccent\~%
+ \commondummyword\u
+ \commondummyword\v
+ \commondummyword\H
+ \commondummyword\dotaccent
+ \commondummyword\ogonek
+ \commondummyword\ringaccent
+ \commondummyword\tieaccent
+ \commondummyword\ubaraccent
+ \commondummyword\udotaccent
+ \commondummyword\dotless
%
% Texinfo font commands.
- \definedummyword\b
- \definedummyword\i
- \definedummyword\r
- \definedummyword\sansserif
- \definedummyword\sc
- \definedummyword\slanted
- \definedummyword\t
+ \commondummyword\b
+ \commondummyword\i
+ \commondummyword\r
+ \commondummyword\sansserif
+ \commondummyword\sc
+ \commondummyword\slanted
+ \commondummyword\t
%
% Commands that take arguments.
- \definedummyword\abbr
- \definedummyword\acronym
- \definedummyword\anchor
- \definedummyword\cite
- \definedummyword\code
- \definedummyword\command
- \definedummyword\dfn
- \definedummyword\dmn
- \definedummyword\email
- \definedummyword\emph
- \definedummyword\env
- \definedummyword\file
- \definedummyword\image
- \definedummyword\indicateurl
- \definedummyword\inforef
- \definedummyword\kbd
- \definedummyword\key
- \definedummyword\math
- \definedummyword\option
- \definedummyword\pxref
- \definedummyword\ref
- \definedummyword\samp
- \definedummyword\strong
- \definedummyword\tie
- \definedummyword\uref
- \definedummyword\url
- \definedummyword\var
- \definedummyword\verb
- \definedummyword\w
- \definedummyword\xref
+ \commondummyword\abbr
+ \commondummyword\acronym
+ \commondummyword\anchor
+ \commondummyword\cite
+ \commondummyword\code
+ \commondummyword\command
+ \commondummyword\dfn
+ \commondummyword\dmn
+ \commondummyword\email
+ \commondummyword\emph
+ \commondummyword\env
+ \commondummyword\file
+ \commondummyword\image
+ \commondummyword\indicateurl
+ \commondummyword\inforef
+ \commondummyword\kbd
+ \commondummyword\key
+ \commondummyword\math
+ \commondummyword\option
+ \commondummyword\pxref
+ \commondummyword\ref
+ \commondummyword\samp
+ \commondummyword\strong
+ \commondummyword\tie
+ \commondummyword\U
+ \commondummyword\uref
+ \commondummyword\url
+ \commondummyword\var
+ \commondummyword\verb
+ \commondummyword\w
+ \commondummyword\xref
+}
+
+\let\indexlbrace\relax
+\let\indexrbrace\relax
+\let\indexatchar\relax
+\let\indexbackslash\relax
+
+{\catcode`\@=0
+\catcode`\\=13
+ @gdef@backslashdisappear{@def\{}}
+}
+
+{
+\catcode`\<=13
+\catcode`\-=13
+\catcode`\`=13
+ \gdef\indexnonalnumdisappear{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax\else
+ % @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us ignore left quotes in the sort term.
+ % (Introduced for FSFS 2nd ed.)
+ \let`=\empty
+ \fi
+ %
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexbackslashignore\endcsname\relax\else
+ \backslashdisappear
+ \fi
+ %
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexhyphenignore\endcsname\relax\else
+ \def-{}%
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlessthanignore\endcsname\relax\else
+ \def<{}%
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexatsignignore\endcsname\relax\else
+ \def\@{}%
+ \fi
+ }
+
+ \gdef\indexnonalnumreappear{%
+ \let-\normaldash
+ \let<\normalless
+ }
}
+
% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
%
\def\indexnofonts{%
% Accent commands should become @asis.
- \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
+ \def\commondummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
% We can just ignore other control letters.
- \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
+ \def\commondummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
% All control words become @asis by default; overrides below.
- \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent
- %
+ \let\commondummyword\commondummyaccent
\commondummiesnofonts
%
% Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
\def\_{\normalunderscore}%
\def\-{}% @- shouldn't affect sorting
%
- % Unfortunately, texindex is not prepared to handle braces in the
- % content at all. So for index sorting, we map @{ and @} to strings
- % starting with |, since that ASCII character is between ASCII { and }.
- \def\{{|a}%
- \def\lbracechar{|a}%
+ \uccode`\1=`\{ \uppercase{\def\{{1}}%
+ \uccode`\1=`\} \uppercase{\def\}{1}}%
+ \let\lbracechar\{%
+ \let\rbracechar\}%
+ %
%
- \def\}{|b}%
- \def\rbracechar{|b}%
+ \let\do\indexnofontsdef
%
% Non-English letters.
- \def\AA{AA}%
- \def\AE{AE}%
- \def\DH{DZZ}%
- \def\L{L}%
- \def\OE{OE}%
- \def\O{O}%
- \def\TH{ZZZ}%
- \def\aa{aa}%
- \def\ae{ae}%
- \def\dh{dzz}%
- \def\exclamdown{!}%
- \def\l{l}%
- \def\oe{oe}%
- \def\ordf{a}%
- \def\ordm{o}%
- \def\o{o}%
- \def\questiondown{?}%
- \def\ss{ss}%
- \def\th{zzz}%
- %
- \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
- \def\TeX{TeX}%
+ \do\AA{AA}%
+ \do\AE{AE}%
+ \do\DH{DZZ}%
+ \do\L{L}%
+ \do\OE{OE}%
+ \do\O{O}%
+ \do\TH{TH}%
+ \do\aa{aa}%
+ \do\ae{ae}%
+ \do\dh{dzz}%
+ \do\exclamdown{!}%
+ \do\l{l}%
+ \do\oe{oe}%
+ \do\ordf{a}%
+ \do\ordm{o}%
+ \do\o{o}%
+ \do\questiondown{?}%
+ \do\ss{ss}%
+ \do\th{th}%
+ %
+ \do\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
+ \do\TeX{TeX}%
%
% Assorted special characters.
- % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
- \def\arrow{->}%
- \def\bullet{bullet}%
- \def\comma{,}%
- \def\copyright{copyright}%
- \def\dots{...}%
- \def\enddots{...}%
- \def\equiv{==}%
- \def\error{error}%
- \def\euro{euro}%
- \def\expansion{==>}%
- \def\geq{>=}%
- \def\guillemetleft{<<}%
- \def\guillemetright{>>}%
- \def\guilsinglleft{<}%
- \def\guilsinglright{>}%
- \def\leq{<=}%
- \def\minus{-}%
- \def\point{.}%
- \def\pounds{pounds}%
- \def\print{-|}%
- \def\quotedblbase{"}%
- \def\quotedblleft{"}%
- \def\quotedblright{"}%
- \def\quoteleft{`}%
- \def\quoteright{'}%
- \def\quotesinglbase{,}%
- \def\registeredsymbol{R}%
- \def\result{=>}%
- \def\textdegree{o}%
- %
- \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexlquoteignore\endcsname\relax
- \else \indexlquoteignore \fi
+ \do\atchar{@}%
+ \do\arrow{->}%
+ \do\bullet{bullet}%
+ \do\comma{,}%
+ \do\copyright{copyright}%
+ \do\dots{...}%
+ \do\enddots{...}%
+ \do\equiv{==}%
+ \do\error{error}%
+ \do\euro{euro}%
+ \do\expansion{==>}%
+ \do\geq{>=}%
+ \do\guillemetleft{<<}%
+ \do\guillemetright{>>}%
+ \do\guilsinglleft{<}%
+ \do\guilsinglright{>}%
+ \do\leq{<=}%
+ \do\lbracechar{\{}%
+ \do\minus{-}%
+ \do\point{.}%
+ \do\pounds{pounds}%
+ \do\print{-|}%
+ \do\quotedblbase{"}%
+ \do\quotedblleft{"}%
+ \do\quotedblright{"}%
+ \do\quoteleft{`}%
+ \do\quoteright{'}%
+ \do\quotesinglbase{,}%
+ \do\rbracechar{\}}%
+ \do\registeredsymbol{R}%
+ \do\result{=>}%
+ \do\textdegree{o}%
%
% We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
% Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
% goes to end-of-line is not handled.
%
\macrolist
+ \let\value\indexnofontsvalue
}
-% Undocumented (for FSFS 2nd ed.): @set txiindexlquoteignore makes us
-% ignore left quotes in the sort term.
-{\catcode`\`=\active
- \gdef\indexlquoteignore{\let`=\empty}}
+% Give the control sequence a definition that removes the {} that follows
+% its use, e.g. @AA{} -> AA
+\def\indexnofontsdef#1#2{\def#1##1{#2}}%
+
+
-\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
-\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
-% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
-\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
+\def\doind#1#2{%
+ \iflinks
+ {%
+ %
+ \requireopenindexfile{#1}%
+ \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
+ %
+ \def\indextext{#2}%
+ \safewhatsit\doindwrite
+ }%
+ \fi
+}
-% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
-% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
-% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
-% is with most defuns, which call us directly).
-%
-\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
+% Same as \doind, but for code indices
+\def\docind#1#2{%
\iflinks
{%
- % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
- \toks0 = {#2}%
- % If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
- \def\thirdarg{#3}%
- \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
- \fi
%
+ \requireopenindexfile{#1}%
\edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
%
- \safewhatsit\dosubindwrite
+ \def\indextext{#2}%
+ \safewhatsit\docindwrite
}%
\fi
}
-% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
+% Check if an index file has been opened, and if not, open it.
+\def\requireopenindexfile#1{%
+\ifnum\csname #1indfile\endcsname=0
+ \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+ \edef\suffix{#1}%
+ % A .fls suffix would conflict with the file extension for the output
+ % of -recorder, so use .f1s instead.
+ \ifx\suffix\indexisfl\def\suffix{f1}\fi
+ % Open the file
+ \immediate\openout\csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.\suffix
+ % Using \immediate above here prevents an object entering into the current
+ % box, which could confound checks such as those in \safewhatsit for
+ % preceding skips.
+ \typeout{Writing index file \jobname.\suffix}%
+\fi}
+\def\indexisfl{fl}
+
+% Definition for writing index entry sort key.
+{
+\catcode`\-=13
+\gdef\indexwritesortas{%
+ \begingroup
+ \indexnonalnumreappear
+ \indexwritesortasxxx}
+\gdef\indexwritesortasxxx#1{%
+ \xdef\indexsortkey{#1}\endgroup}
+}
+
+\def\indexwriteseealso#1{
+ \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seealso{#1}}%
+}
+\def\indexwriteseeentry#1{
+ \gdef\pagenumbertext{\string\seeentry{#1}}%
+}
+
+% The default definitions
+\def\sortas#1{}%
+\def\seealso#1{\i{\putwordSeeAlso}\ #1}% for sorted index file only
+\def\putwordSeeAlso{See also}
+\def\seeentry#1{\i{\putwordSee}\ #1}% for sorted index file only
+
+
+% Given index entry text like "aaa @subentry bbb @sortas{ZZZ}":
+% * Set \bracedtext to "{aaa}{bbb}"
+% * Set \fullindexsortkey to "aaa @subentry ZZZ"
+% * If @seealso occurs, set \pagenumbertext
+%
+\def\splitindexentry#1{%
+ \gdef\fullindexsortkey{}%
+ \xdef\bracedtext{}%
+ \def\sep{}%
+ \def\seealso##1{}%
+ \def\seeentry##1{}%
+ \expandafter\doindexsegment#1\subentry\finish\subentry
+}
+
+% append the results from the next segment
+\def\doindexsegment#1\subentry{%
+ \def\segment{#1}%
+ \ifx\segment\isfinish
+ \else
+ %
+ % Fully expand the segment, throwing away any @sortas directives, and
+ % trim spaces.
+ \edef\trimmed{\segment}%
+ \edef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}%
+ \ifincodeindex
+ \edef\trimmed{\noexpand\code{\trimmed}}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ \xdef\bracedtext{\bracedtext{\trimmed}}%
+ %
+ % Get the string to sort by. Process the segment with all
+ % font commands turned off.
+ \bgroup
+ \let\sortas\indexwritesortas
+ \let\seealso\indexwriteseealso
+ \let\seeentry\indexwriteseeentry
+ \indexnofonts
+ % The braces around the commands are recognized by texindex.
+ \def\lbracechar{{\string\indexlbrace}}%
+ \def\rbracechar{{\string\indexrbrace}}%
+ \let\{=\lbracechar
+ \let\}=\rbracechar
+ \def\@{{\string\indexatchar}}%
+ \def\atchar##1{\@}%
+ \def\backslashchar{{\string\indexbackslash}}%
+ \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\let~\backslashchar}%
+ %
+ \let\indexsortkey\empty
+ \global\let\pagenumbertext\empty
+ % Execute the segment and throw away the typeset output. This executes
+ % any @sortas or @seealso commands in this segment.
+ \setbox\dummybox = \hbox{\segment}%
+ \ifx\indexsortkey\empty{%
+ \indexnonalnumdisappear
+ \xdef\trimmed{\segment}%
+ \xdef\trimmed{\expandafter\eatspaces\expandafter{\trimmed}}%
+ \xdef\indexsortkey{\trimmed}%
+ \ifx\indexsortkey\empty\xdef\indexsortkey{ }\fi
+ }\fi
+ %
+ % Append to \fullindexsortkey.
+ \edef\tmp{\gdef\noexpand\fullindexsortkey{%
+ \fullindexsortkey\sep\indexsortkey}}%
+ \tmp
+ \egroup
+ \def\sep{\subentry}%
+ %
+ \expandafter\doindexsegment
+ \fi
+}
+\def\isfinish{\finish}%
+\newbox\dummybox % used above
+
+\let\subentry\relax
+
+% Use \ instead of @ in index files. To support old texi2dvi and texindex.
+% This works without changing the escape character used in the toc or aux
+% files because the index entries are fully expanded here, and \string uses
+% the current value of \escapechar.
+\def\escapeisbackslash{\escapechar=`\\}
+
+% Use \ in index files by default. texi2dvi didn't support @ as the escape
+% character (as it checked for "\entry" in the files, and not "@entry"). When
+% the new version of texi2dvi has had a chance to become more prevalent, then
+% the escape character can change back to @ again. This should be an easy
+% change to make now because both @ and \ are only used as escape characters in
+% index files, never standing for themselves.
%
-\def\dosubindwrite{%
- % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
- \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
- \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
+\set txiindexescapeisbackslash
+
+% Write the entry in \indextext to the index file.
+%
+
+\newif\ifincodeindex
+\def\doindwrite{\incodeindexfalse\doindwritex}
+\def\docindwrite{\incodeindextrue\doindwritex}
+
+\def\doindwritex{%
+ \maybemarginindex
+ %
+ \atdummies
+ %
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexescapeisbackslash\endcsname\relax\else
+ \escapeisbackslash
\fi
%
- % Remember, we are within a group.
- \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
- \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
- % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
+ % For texindex which always views { and } as separators.
+ \def\{{\lbracechar{}}%
+ \def\}{\rbracechar{}}%
+ \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\backslashchar{}}}%
%
- % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
- % get the string to sort by.
- {\indexnofonts
- \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
- \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
- }%
+ % Split the entry into primary entry and any subentries, and get the index
+ % sort key.
+ \splitindexentry\indextext
%
% Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
% the original text, including any font commands. We write
% three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
% subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
% sorted result.
+ %
\edef\temp{%
\write\writeto{%
- \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
+ \string\entry{\fullindexsortkey}%
+ {\ifx\pagenumbertext\empty\noexpand\folio\else\pagenumbertext\fi}%
+ \bracedtext}%
}%
\temp
}
+% Put the index entry in the margin if desired (undocumented).
+\def\maybemarginindex{%
+ \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
+ \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \relax\indextext}}%
+ \fi
+}
+\let\SETmarginindex=\relax
+
+
% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit:
%
% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
% \entry {topic}{pagelist}
% for a topic that is used without subtopics
% \primary {topic}
+% \entry {topic}{}
% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
% for each subtopic.
+% \secondary {subtopic}{}
+% for a subtopic with sub-subtopics
+% \tertiary {subtopic}{subsubtopic}{pagelist}
+% for each sub-subtopic.
% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
\def\tindex {\tpindex}
\def\pindex {\pgindex}
-\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
-{\obeylines %
-\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
-\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
-
% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
\plainfrenchspacing
\everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
%
+ % See comment in \requireopenindexfile.
+ \def\indexname{#1}\ifx\indexname\indexisfl\def\indexname{f1}\fi
+ %
% See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
- % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
- % \initial {@}
- % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
- % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
- \catcode`\@ = 11
- \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
+ \openin 1 \jobname.\indexname s
\ifeof 1
% \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
% and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
% index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
% there is some text.
\putwordIndexNonexistent
+ \typeout{No file \jobname.\indexname s.}%
\else
- %
% If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
% false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
% it can discover if there is anything in it.
- \read 1 to \temp
+ \read 1 to \thisline
\ifeof 1
\putwordIndexIsEmpty
\else
- % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
- % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
- % to make right now.
- \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}%
- \catcode`\\ = 0
- \escapechar = `\\
- \begindoublecolumns
- \input \jobname.#1s
- \enddoublecolumns
+ \expandafter\printindexzz\thisline\relax\relax\finish%
\fi
\fi
\closein 1
\endgroup}
+% If the index file starts with a backslash, forgo reading the index
+% file altogether. If somebody upgrades texinfo.tex they may still have
+% old index files using \ as the escape character. Reading this would
+% at best lead to typesetting garbage, at worst a TeX syntax error.
+\def\printindexzz#1#2\finish{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiindexescapeisbackslash\endcsname\relax
+ \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\if\noexpand~}\noexpand#1
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxiskipindexfileswithbackslash\endcsname\relax
+\errmessage{%
+ERROR: A sorted index file in an obsolete format was skipped.
+To fix this problem, please upgrade your version of 'texi2dvi'
+or 'texi2pdf' to that at <https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo>.
+If you are using an old version of 'texindex' (part of the Texinfo
+distribution), you may also need to upgrade to a newer version (at least 6.0).
+You may be able to typeset the index if you run
+'texindex \jobname.\indexname' yourself.
+You could also try setting the 'txiindexescapeisbackslash' flag by
+running a command like
+'texi2dvi -t "@set txiindexescapeisbackslash" \jobname.texi'. If you do
+this, Texinfo will try to use index files in the old format.
+If you continue to have problems, deleting the index files and starting again
+might help (with 'rm \jobname.?? \jobname.??s')%
+}%
+ \else
+ (Skipped sorted index file in obsolete format)
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \begindoublecolumns
+ \input \jobname.\indexname s
+ \enddoublecolumns
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \begindoublecolumns
+ \catcode`\\=0\relax
+ %
+ % Make @ an escape character to give macros a chance to work. This
+ % should work because we (hopefully) don't otherwise use @ in index files.
+ %\catcode`\@=12\relax
+ \catcode`\@=0\relax
+ \input \jobname.\indexname s
+ \enddoublecolumns
+ \fi
+}
+
% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
-\def\initial#1{{%
- % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
- \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
- %
+{\catcode`\/=13 \catcode`\-=13 \catcode`\^=13 \catcode`\~=13 \catcode`\_=13
+\catcode`\|=13 \catcode`\<=13 \catcode`\>=13 \catcode`\+=13 \catcode`\"=13
+\catcode`\$=3
+\gdef\initialglyphs{%
+ % special control sequences used in the index sort key
+ \let\indexlbrace\{%
+ \let\indexrbrace\}%
+ \let\indexatchar\@%
+ \def\indexbackslash{\math{\backslash}}%
+ %
+ % Some changes for non-alphabetic characters. Using the glyphs from the
+ % math fonts looks more consistent than the typewriter font used elsewhere
+ % for these characters.
+ \uccode`\~=`\\ \uppercase{\def~{\math{\backslash}}}
+ %
+ % In case @\ is used for backslash
+ \uppercase{\let\\=~}
+ % Can't get bold backslash so don't use bold forward slash
+ \catcode`\/=13
+ \def/{{\secrmnotbold \normalslash}}%
+ \def-{{\normaldash\normaldash}}% en dash `--'
+ \def^{{\chapbf \normalcaret}}%
+ \def~{{\chapbf \normaltilde}}%
+ \def\_{%
+ \leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }%
+ \def|{$\vert$}%
+ \def<{$\less$}%
+ \def>{$\gtr$}%
+ \def+{$\normalplus$}%
+}}
+
+\def\initial{%
+ \bgroup
+ \initialglyphs
+ \initialx
+}
+
+\def\initialx#1{%
% Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
\removelastskip
%
% We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
+ % The glue before the bonus allows a little bit of space at the
+ % bottom of a column to reduce an increase in inter-line spacing.
\nobreak
- \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip
- \penalty 0
- \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip
+ \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip
+ \penalty -300
+ \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip
%
% Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
% baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
% we need before each entry, but it's better.
%
% No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
- \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
- \leftline{\secbf #1}%
+ \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus 1\baselineskip
+ \leftline{\secfonts \kern-0.05em \secbf #1}%
+ % \secfonts is inside the argument of \leftline so that the change of
+ % \baselineskip will not affect any glue inserted before the vbox that
+ % \leftline creates.
% Do our best not to break after the initial.
\nobreak
\vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
-}}
+ \egroup % \initialglyphs
+}
+
+\newdimen\entryrightmargin
+\entryrightmargin=0pt
% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index
% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
%
-% A straightforward implementation would start like this:
-% \def\entry#1#2{...
-% But this freezes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
-% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge---
-% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
-% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
-% --kasal, 21nov03
\def\entry{%
\begingroup
%
% affect previous text.
\par
%
- % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
- \parfillskip = 0in
- %
% No extra space above this paragraph.
\parskip = 0in
%
- % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
- \finalhyphendemerits = 0
- %
- % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
- % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the
- % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large
- % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
- % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
- %
- % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
- % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
- \hangindent = 2em
- %
- % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
- % with blank space.
- \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
- %
- % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing
- % columns.
- \vskip 0pt plus1pt
- %
% When reading the text of entry, convert explicit line breaks
% from @* into spaces. The user might give these in long section
% titles, for instance.
\def\*{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
- \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}%
+ \def\entrybreak{\hfil\break}% An undocumented command
%
% Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
\afterassignment\doentry
}
\def\entrybreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces}%
\def\doentry{%
+ % Save the text of the entry
+ \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup
\bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
\noindent
\aftergroup\finishentry
% And now comes the text of the entry.
+ % Not absorbing as a macro argument reduces the chance of problems
+ % with catcodes occurring.
}
-\def\finishentry#1{%
- % #1 is the page number.
- %
- % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
- % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
- % cursed by a Unix daemon.
- \setbox\boxA = \hbox{#1}%
- \ifdim\wd\boxA = 0pt
- \ %
- \else
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\finishentry#1{%
+ \egroup % end box A
+ \dimen@ = \wd\boxA % Length of text of entry
+ \global\setbox\boxA=\hbox\bgroup
+ \unhbox\boxA
+ % #1 is the page number.
+ %
+ % Get the width of the page numbers, and only use
+ % leaders if they are present.
+ \global\setbox\boxB = \hbox{#1}%
+ \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
+ \null\nobreak\hfill\ %
+ \else
+ %
+ \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
+ %
+ \ifpdforxetex
+ \pdfgettoks#1.%
+ \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable\the\toksA
+ \else
+ \hskip\skip\thinshrinkable #1%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \egroup % end \boxA
+ \ifdim\wd\boxB = 0pt
+ \noindent\unhbox\boxA\par
+ \nobreak
+ \else\bgroup
+ % We want the text of the entries to be aligned to the left, and the
+ % page numbers to be aligned to the right.
%
- % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
- % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
- % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
- \hfil\penalty50
- \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
+ \parindent = 0pt
+ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus -1fill
+ \rightskip = 0pt plus -1fil
+ \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fill
+ % Cause last line, which could consist of page numbers on their own
+ % if the list of page numbers is long, to be aligned to the right.
+ \parfillskip=0pt plus -1fill
%
- % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
- % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
- % \hbox ensues.
- \ifpdf
- \pdfgettoks#1.%
- \ \the\toksA
+ \advance\rightskip by \entryrightmargin
+ % Determine how far we can stretch into the margin.
+ % This allows, e.g., "Appendix H GNU Free Documentation License" to
+ % fit on one line in @letterpaper format.
+ \ifdim\entryrightmargin>2.1em
+ \dimen@i=2.1em
\else
- \ #1%
+ \dimen@i=0em
\fi
+ \advance \parfillskip by 0pt minus 1\dimen@i
+ %
+ \dimen@ii = \hsize
+ \advance\dimen@ii by -1\leftskip
+ \advance\dimen@ii by -1\entryrightmargin
+ \advance\dimen@ii by 1\dimen@i
+ \ifdim\wd\boxA > \dimen@ii % If the entry doesn't fit in one line
+ \ifdim\dimen@ > 0.8\dimen@ii % due to long index text
+ % Try to split the text roughly evenly. \dimen@ will be the length of
+ % the first line.
+ \dimen@ = 0.7\dimen@
+ \dimen@ii = \hsize
+ \ifnum\dimen@>\dimen@ii
+ % If the entry is too long (for example, if it needs more than
+ % two lines), use all the space in the first line.
+ \dimen@ = \dimen@ii
+ \fi
+ \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill % ragged right
+ \advance \dimen@ by 1\rightskip
+ \parshape = 2 0pt \dimen@ 0em \dimen@ii
+ % Ideally we'd add a finite glue at the end of the first line only,
+ % instead of using \parshape with explicit line lengths, but TeX
+ % doesn't seem to provide a way to do such a thing.
+ %
+ % Indent all lines but the first one.
+ \advance\leftskip by 1em
+ \advance\parindent by -1em
+ \fi\fi
+ \indent % start paragraph
+ \unhbox\boxA
+ %
+ % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
+ \finalhyphendemerits = 0
+ %
+ % Word spacing - no stretch
+ \spaceskip=\fontdimen2\font minus \fontdimen4\font
+ %
+ \linepenalty=1000 % Discourage line breaks.
+ \hyphenpenalty=5000 % Discourage hyphenation.
+ %
+ \par % format the paragraph
+ \egroup % The \vbox
\fi
- \par
\endgroup
-}
+}}
+
+\newskip\thinshrinkable
+\skip\thinshrinkable=.15em minus .15em
% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em.
+% The filll stretch here overpowers both the fil and fill stretch to push
+% the page number to the right.
\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
- \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
+ \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1filll}
+
\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
-\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
-\def\secondary#1#2{{%
- \parfillskip=0in
- \parskip=0in
- \hangindent=1in
- \hangafter=1
- \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
- \ifpdf
- \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
- \else
- #2
- \fi
- \par
-}}
+\def\secondary{\indententry{0.5cm}}
+\def\tertiary{\indententry{1cm}}
+
+\def\indententry#1#2#3{%
+ \bgroup
+ \leftskip=#1
+ \entry{#2}{#3}%
+ \egroup
+}
% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
-\catcode`\@=11
+\catcode`\@=11 % private names
\newbox\partialpage
\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
+ % If not much space left on page, start a new page.
+ \ifdim\pagetotal>0.8\vsize\vfill\eject\fi
+ %
% Grab any single-column material above us.
\output = {%
- %
- % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
- % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
- % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
- % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In
- % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
- % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
- % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case.
- \ifvoid\partialpage \else
- \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
- \fi
+ \savetopmark
%
\global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
% Unvbox the main output page.
\divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
\hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
%
- % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here,
- % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
+ % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
+ % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
+ % previous page.
+ \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage
\vsize = 2\vsize
+ %
+ % For the benefit of balancing columns
+ \advance\baselineskip by 0pt plus 0.5pt
}
% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
-% the last.
+% the last, which is done by \balancecolumns.
%
\def\doublecolumnout{%
+ %
+ \savetopmark
\splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
- % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
- % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
- % previous page.
\dimen@ = \vsize
\divide\dimen@ by 2
- \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
%
% box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
- \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
- \onepageout\pagesofar
- \unvbox255
+ \setbox0=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit\PAGE to\dimen@
+ \global\advance\vsize by 2\ht\partialpage
+ \onepageout\pagesofar % empty except for the first time we are called
+ \unvbox\PAGE
\penalty\outputpenalty
}
%
%
\hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
\wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
- \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
+ \hbox to\txipagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
}
-%
-% All done with double columns.
+
+
+% Finished with double columns.
\def\enddoublecolumns{%
% The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised
% _before_ we change the output routine. This is necessary in the
% goal. When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final
% section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after
% \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns
- % and the final section into the vbox of \pageheight (see
+ % and the final section into the vbox of \txipageheight (see
% \pagebody), causing an overfull box.
%
% Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the
\penalty0
%
\output = {%
- % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
- % current page, no automatic page break.
+ % Split the last of the double-column material.
+ \savetopmark
\balancecolumns
- %
- % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
- % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
- % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
- % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
- % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
- % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
- % the output somewhat more palatable.)
- \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
}%
- \eject
- \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
- %
- % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
- % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
- % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
- % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
- \pagegoal = \vsize
+ \eject % call the \output just set
+ \ifdim\pagetotal=0pt
+ % Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
+ % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
+ % definition right away.
+ \global\output=\expandafter{\the\defaultoutput}
+ %
+ \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
+ % Leave the double-column material on the current page, no automatic
+ % page break.
+ \box\balancedcolumns
+ %
+ % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
+ % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
+ % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize.
+ \global\vsize = \txipageheight %
+ \pagegoal = \txipageheight %
+ \else
+ % We had some left-over material. This might happen when \doublecolumnout
+ % is called in \balancecolumns. Try again.
+ \expandafter\enddoublecolumns
+ \fi
}
+\newbox\balancedcolumns
+\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{shouldnt see this}%
%
-% Called at the end of the double column material.
+% Only called for the last of the double column material. \doublecolumnout
+% does the others.
\def\balancecolumns{%
- \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
+ \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox\PAGE}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
\dimen@ = \ht0
- \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
- \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
- \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
- %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}%
- \splittopskip = \topskip
- % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
- {%
- \vbadness = 10000
- \loop
- \global\setbox3 = \copy0
- \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
- \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
- \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
- \repeat
- }%
- %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
- \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
- \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
+ \ifdim\dimen@<7\baselineskip
+ % Don't split a short final column in two.
+ \setbox2=\vbox{}%
+ \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}%
+ \else
+ % double the leading vertical space
+ \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
+ \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
+ \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
+ \dimen@ii = \dimen@
+ \splittopskip = \topskip
+ % Loop until left column is at least as high as the right column.
+ {%
+ \vbadness = 10000
+ \loop
+ \global\setbox3 = \copy0
+ \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
+ \ifdim\ht1<\ht3
+ \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
+ \repeat
+ }%
+ % Now the left column is in box 1, and the right column in box 3.
+ %
+ % Check whether the left column has come out higher than the page itself.
+ % (Note that we have doubled \vsize for the double columns, so
+ % the actual height of the page is 0.5\vsize).
+ \ifdim2\ht1>\vsize
+ % It appears that we have been called upon to balance too much material.
+ % Output some of it with \doublecolumnout, leaving the rest on the page.
+ \setbox\PAGE=\box0
+ \doublecolumnout
+ \else
+ % Compare the heights of the two columns.
+ \ifdim4\ht1>5\ht3
+ % Column heights are too different, so don't make their bottoms
+ % flush with each other.
+ \setbox2=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox3\vfill}%
+ \setbox0=\vbox to \ht1 {\unvbox1\vfill}%
+ \else
+ % Make column bottoms flush with each other.
+ \setbox2=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox3\unskip}%
+ \setbox0=\vbox to\ht1{\unvbox1\unskip}%
+ \fi
+ \global\setbox\balancedcolumns=\vbox{\pagesofar}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
%
- \pagesofar
}
\catcode`\@ = \other
\null
\vskip.3\vsize % move it down on the page a bit
\begingroup
- \noindent \titlefonts\rmisbold #1\par % the text
+ \noindent \titlefonts\rm #1\par % the text
\let\lastnode=\empty % no node to associate with
\writetocentry{part}{#1}{}% but put it in the toc
\headingsoff % no headline or footline on the part page
+ % This outputs a mark at the end of the page that clears \thischapter
+ % and \thissection, as is done in \startcontents.
+ \let\pchapsepmacro\relax
+ \chapmacro{}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
\chapoddpage
\endgroup
}
% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
-\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
-\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
% we only have subsub.
\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
- % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break
- % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level.
- % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04
\let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
\unnmhead0{#1}%
\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
\let\top\unnumbered
% Sections.
-%
+%
\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
\def\seczzz#1{%
\global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
}
% Subsections.
-%
+%
% normally calls numberedsubseczzz:
\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}}
\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
}
% Subsubsections.
-%
+%
% normally numberedsubsubseczzz:
\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}}
\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it.
\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
+
+% Start a new page
\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
+
+% \chapoddpage - start on an odd page for a new chapter
% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will
% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong. But we don't
% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page.
\fi
}
-\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
+\parseargdef\setchapternewpage{\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsinglechapoff}}
\def\CHAPPAGon{%
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
\CHAPPAGon
-% Chapter opening.
+% \chapmacro - Chapter opening.
%
% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
+% Not used for @heading series.
%
% To test against our argument.
\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
-\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
+\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
%
\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\thisenv\titlepage\else
+ \checkenv{}% chapters, etc., should not start inside an environment.
+ \fi
% Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
- \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
- \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
- \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
+ \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs
+ \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
+ \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
\gdef\thissection{}}%
%
\def\temptype{#2}%
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
- \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
+ \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
\gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}%
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
- \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
+ \gdef\currentchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
\gdef\thischapter{}}%
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
\toks0={#1}%
- \xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
+ \xdef\currentchapterdefs{%
\gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
\gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}%
% \noexpand\putwordAppendix avoids expanding indigestible
}%
\else
\toks0={#1}%
- \xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
+ \xdef\currentchapterdefs{%
\gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
\gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}%
% \noexpand\putwordChapter avoids expanding indigestible
%
% Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
% between here and the heading.
- \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
- \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
+ \let\prevchapterdefs=\currentchapterdefs
+ \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
\domark
%
{%
- \chapfonts \rmisbold
+ \chapfonts \rm
+ \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading % give better error message
%
- % Have to define \lastsection before calling \donoderef, because the
+ % Have to define \currentsection before calling \donoderef, because the
% xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called
% after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
- \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
+ \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
%
% Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
% number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
}
-% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
-% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03.
-%
-\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
-%
-\def\unnchfopen #1{%
- \chapoddpage
- \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings #1\par}%
- \nobreak\bigskip\nobreak
-}
-\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
-\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
-\par\penalty 5000 %
-}
-\def\centerchfopen #1{%
- \chapoddpage
- \vbox{\chapfonts \raggedtitlesettings \hfill #1\hfill}%
- \nobreak\bigskip \nobreak
-}
-\def\CHAPFopen{%
- \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
- \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
-
-
% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and
% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
%
% Print any size, any type, section title.
%
-% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
-% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
-% section number.
+% #1 is the text of the title,
+% #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec),
+% #3 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc),
+% #4 is the section number.
%
\def\seckeyword{sec}
%
\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
{%
- \checkenv{}% should not be in an environment.
- %
- % Switch to the right set of fonts.
- \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rmisbold
- %
\def\sectionlevel{#2}%
\def\temptype{#3}%
%
+ % It is ok for the @heading series commands to appear inside an
+ % environment (it's been historically allowed, though the logic is
+ % dubious), but not the others.
+ \ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword\else
+ \checkenv{}% non-@*heading should not be in an environment.
+ \fi
+ \let\footnote=\errfootnoteheading
+ %
+ % Switch to the right set of fonts.
+ \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
+ %
% Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
- \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
+ \let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
\ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
- \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
+ \gdef\currentsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
\gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}%
\fi
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
\ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
\toks0={#1}%
- \xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
+ \xdef\currentsectiondefs{%
\gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
\gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
% \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
\else
\ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
\toks0={#1}%
- \xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
+ \xdef\currentsectiondefs{%
\gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
\gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
% \noexpand\putwordSection avoids expanding indigestible
%
% Now the second mark, after the heading break. No break points
% between here and the heading.
- \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
+ \global\let\prevsectiondefs=\currentsectiondefs
\domark
%
% Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
\ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
\def\toctype{unn}%
- \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
+ \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
\else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
% for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
- % and don't redefine \lastsection.
+ % and don't redefine \currentsection.
\setbox0 = \hbox{}%
\def\toctype{omit}%
\let\sectionlevel=\empty
\else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
\setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
\def\toctype{app}%
- \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
+ \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
\else
\setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
\def\toctype{num}%
- \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
+ \gdef\currentsection{#1}%
\fi\fi\fi
%
% Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro.
% 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
% two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named
% `1', and two named `2'.
- \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
+ \ifpdforxetex
+ \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue
+ \fi
}
%
\def\startcontents#1{%
% If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
- % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
- % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
- % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
+ % start on an odd page, unlike chapters.
\contentsalignmacro
\immediate\closeout\tocfile
%
\savepageno = \pageno
\begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
\raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
- \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
+ \entryrightmargin=\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
%
% Roman numerals for page numbers.
\ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
+ \def\thistitle{}% no title in double-sided headings
+ % Record where the Roman numerals started.
+ \ifnum\romancount=0 \global\romancount=\pagecount \fi
}
% redefined for the two-volume lispref. We always output on
\fi
\closein 1
\endgroup
- \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
- \global\pageno = \savepageno
+ \contentsendroman
}
% And just the chapters.
\vfill \eject
\contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
\endgroup
+ \contentsendroman
+}
+\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
+
+% Get ready to use Arabic numerals again
+\def\contentsendroman{%
\lastnegativepageno = \pageno
\global\pageno = \savepageno
+ %
+ % If \romancount > \arabiccount, the contents are at the end of the
+ % document. Otherwise, advance where the Arabic numerals start for
+ % the page numbers.
+ \ifnum\romancount>\arabiccount\else\global\arabiccount=\pagecount\fi
}
-\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
% exist, with an empty box. Let's hope all the numbers have the same width.
% Also ignore the page number, which is conventionally not printed.
\def\numeralbox{\setbox0=\hbox{8}\hbox to \wd0{\hfil}}
-\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}}
+\def\partentry#1#2#3#4{%
+ % Add stretch and a bonus for breaking the page before the part heading.
+ % This reduces the chance of the page being broken immediately after the
+ % part heading, before a following chapter heading.
+ \vskip 0pt plus 5\baselineskip
+ \penalty-300
+ \vskip 0pt plus -5\baselineskip
+ \dochapentry{\numeralbox\labelspace#1}{}%
+}
%
% Parts, in the short toc.
\def\shortpartentry#1#2#3#4{%
% Chapters, in the main contents.
\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-%
+
% Chapters, in the short toc.
% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
\setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
\hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
%
-\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\hskip.7em#1}{#4}}
% Unnumbered chapters.
\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
\penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
\begingroup
+ % Move the page numbers slightly to the right
+ \advance\entryrightmargin by -0.05em
\chapentryfonts
\tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
\endgroup
\catcode `\|=\other
\catcode `\<=\other
\catcode `\>=\other
- \catcode`\`=\other
- \catcode`\'=\other
- \escapechar=`\\
+ \catcode `\`=\other
+ \catcode `\'=\other
%
% ' is active in math mode (mathcode"8000). So reset it, and all our
% other math active characters (just in case), to plain's definitions.
\mathactive
%
+ % Inverse of the list at the beginning of the file.
\let\b=\ptexb
\let\bullet=\ptexbullet
\let\c=\ptexc
\let\+=\tabalign
\let\}=\ptexrbrace
\let\/=\ptexslash
+ \let\sp=\ptexsp
\let\*=\ptexstar
+ %\let\sup=\ptexsup % do not redefine, we want @sup to work in math mode
\let\t=\ptext
- \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % outer
+ \expandafter \let\csname top\endcsname=\ptextop % we've made it outer
\let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
%
\def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
%
\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
+ % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
+ % \sectionheading, q.v.
+ \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
+ \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
+ \endgraf
+ \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
+ \removelastskip
+ \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
+ % Penalize breaking before the environment, because preceding text
+ % often leads into it.
+ \penalty100
+ \fi
+ \vskip\envskipamount
+ \fi
+ \fi
+}}
+
+\def\afterenvbreak{{%
% =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
% \sectionheading, q.v.
\ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
\fi
}}
-\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
-
% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
\let\nonarrowing=\relax
% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
% environment contents.
-\font\circle=lcircle10
-\newdimen\circthick
-\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
-\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
-\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
+
%
\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
%
\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
+% only require the font if @cartouche is actually used
+\def\cartouchefontdefs{%
+ \font\circle=lcircle10\relax
+ \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
+}
+\newdimen\circthick
+\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
+\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
+
+
\envdef\cartouche{%
+ \cartouchefontdefs
\ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
\startsavinginserts
\lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
% side, and for 6pt waste from
% each corner char, and rule thickness
\normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
- % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
- \let\nonarrowing = t%
%
% If this cartouche directly follows a sectioning command, we need the
% \parskip glue (backspaced over by default) or the cartouche can
% collide with the section heading.
\ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \vskip\parskip \penalty\lastpenalty \fi
%
- \vbox\bgroup
+ \setbox\groupbox=\vbox\bgroup
\baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
\carttop
\hbox\bgroup
\egroup
\cartbot
\egroup
+ \addgroupbox
\checkinserts
}
\newdimen\nonfillparindent
\def\nonfillstart{%
\aboveenvbreak
- \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
+ \ifdim\hfuzz < 12pt \hfuzz = 12pt \fi % Don't be fussy
\sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
\let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
\obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
% @raggedright does more-or-less normal line breaking but no right
% justification. From plain.tex.
\envdef\raggedright{%
- \rightskip0pt plus2em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax
+ \rightskip0pt plus2.4em \spaceskip.3333em \xspaceskip.5em\relax
}
\let\Eraggedright\par
% @indentedblock is like @quotation, but indents only on the left and
% has no optional argument.
-%
+%
\makedispenvdef{indentedblock}{\indentedblockstart}
%
\def\indentedblockstart{%
\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
%
% We typeset each line of the verbatim in an \hbox, so we can handle
-% tabs. The \global is in case the verbatim line starts with an accent,
-% or some other command that starts with a begin-group. Otherwise, the
-% entire \verbbox would disappear at the corresponding end-group, before
-% it is typeset. Meanwhile, we can't have nested verbatim commands
-% (can we?), so the \global won't be overwriting itself.
+% tabs.
\newbox\verbbox
-\def\starttabbox{\global\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup}
+\def\starttabbox{\setbox\verbbox=\hbox\bgroup}
%
\begingroup
\catcode`\^^I=\active
\divide\dimen\verbbox by\tabw
\multiply\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
\advance\dimen\verbbox by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
- \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox \box\verbbox \starttabbox
+ \wd\verbbox=\dimen\verbbox
+ \leavevmode\box\verbbox \starttabbox
}%
}
\endgroup
\let\nonarrowing = t%
\nonfillstart
\tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
- % The \leavevmode here is for blank lines. Otherwise, we would
- % never \starttabox and the \egroup would end verbatim mode.
- \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box\verbbox\endgraf}%
+ \def\par{\egroup\leavevmode\box\verbbox\endgraf\starttabbox}%
\tabexpand
\setupmarkupstyle{verbatim}%
% Respect line breaks,
% make each space count.
% Must do in this order:
\obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
- \everypar{\starttabbox}%
}
% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
% ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
% of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank
% line in the output.
- \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
+ \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{%
+ \starttabbox#2\egroup\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
% We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
% without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
+ % The \egroup ends the \verbbox started at the end of the last line in
+ % the block.
\endgroup
%
\envdef\verbatim{%
{%
\makevalueexpandable
\setupverbatim
- \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
- \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}%
- \input #1
+ {%
+ \indexnofonts % Allow `@@' and other weird things in file names.
+ \wlog{texinfo.tex: doing @verbatiminclude of #1^^J}%
+ \edef\tmp{\noexpand\input #1 }
+ \expandafter
+ }\expandafter\starttabbox\tmp\egroup
\afterenvbreak
}%
}
% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
-% possible is very desirable.
+% possible is desirable.
%
\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
\temp
}
-% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader
+% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader { (defn. of \deffnheader) }
%
% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
% @deftypefnnewline on|off says whether the return type of typed functions
% are printed on their own line. This affects @deftypefn, @deftypefun,
% @deftypeop, and @deftypemethod.
-%
+%
\parseargdef\deftypefnnewline{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\onword
\fi\fi
}
+% \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
+%
+% If SUBTOPIC is present, precede it with a space, and call \doind.
+% (At some time during the 20th century, this made a two-level entry in an
+% index such as the operation index. Nobody seemed to notice the change in
+% behaviour though.)
+\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
+ \def\thirdarg{#3}%
+ \ifx\thirdarg\empty
+ \doind{#1}{#2}%
+ \else
+ \doind{#1}{#2\space#3}%
+ \fi
+}
+
% Untyped functions:
% @deffn category name args
% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
%
\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
- % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}.
\dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
\defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
}
\tclose{\temp}% typeset the return type
\ifrettypeownline
% put return type on its own line; prohibit line break following:
- \hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break
+ \hfil\vadjust{\nobreak}\break
\else
\space % type on same line, so just followed by a space
\fi
\fi % no return type
#3% output function name
}%
- {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
+ {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \rmfont
%
\boldbrax
% arguments will be output next, if any.
\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
\gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
}
+\let\ampchar\&
\newcount\parencount
}
\fi
-\def\scanmacro#1{\begingroup
+% Used at the time of macro expansion.
+% Argument is macro body with arguments substituted
+\def\scanmacro#1{%
\newlinechar`\^^M
- \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
- %
- % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
- % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active
- % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had
- % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears
- % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04
- \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@
+ \def\xeatspaces{\eatspaces}%
%
- % ... and for \example:
- \spaceisspace
+ % Process the macro body under the current catcode regime.
+ \scantokens{#1@comment}%
%
- % The \empty here causes a following catcode 5 newline to be eaten as
- % part of reading whitespace after a control sequence. It does not
- % eat a catcode 13 newline. There's no good way to handle the two
- % cases (untried: maybe e-TeX's \everyeof could help, though plain TeX
- % would then have different behavior). See the Macro Details node in
- % the manual for the workaround we recommend for macros and
- % line-oriented commands.
- %
- \scantokens{#1\empty}%
-\endgroup}
+ % The \comment is to remove the \newlinechar added by \scantokens, and
+ % can be noticed by \parsearg. Note \c isn't used because this means cedilla
+ % in math mode.
+}
+% Used for copying and captions
\def\scanexp#1{%
- \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}%
- \temp
+ \expandafter\scanmacro\expandafter{#1}%
}
\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
% List of all defined macros in the form
-% \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2...
+% \commondummyword\macro1\commondummyword\macro2...
% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
% if there is a need.
\def\macrolist{}
% Add the macro to \macrolist
\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}%
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\commondummyword#1}%
\xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
}
\catcode`\+=\other
\catcode`\<=\other
\catcode`\>=\other
- \catcode`\@=\other
\catcode`\^=\other
\catcode`\_=\other
\catcode`\|=\other
\catcode`\~=\other
- \ifx\declaredencoding\ascii \else \setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal\other \fi
+ \passthroughcharstrue
}
\def\scanargctxt{% used for copying and captions, not macros.
\scanctxt
+ \catcode`\@=\other
\catcode`\\=\other
\catcode`\^^M=\other
}
\def\macrobodyctxt{% used for @macro definitions
\scanctxt
+ \catcode`\ =\other
+ \catcode`\@=\other
\catcode`\{=\other
\catcode`\}=\other
\catcode`\^^M=\other
\usembodybackslash
}
-\def\macroargctxt{% used when scanning invocations
+% Used when scanning braced macro arguments. Note, however, that catcode
+% changes here are ineffectual if the macro invocation was nested inside
+% an argument to another Texinfo command.
+\def\macroargctxt{%
\scanctxt
- \catcode`\\=0
+ \catcode`\ =\active
+ \catcode`\@=\other
+ \catcode`\^^M=\other
+ \catcode`\\=\active
}
-% why catcode 0 for \ in the above? To recognize \\ \{ \} as "escapes"
-% for the single characters \ { }. Thus, we end up with the "commands"
-% that would be written @\ @{ @} in a Texinfo document.
-%
-% We already have @{ and @}. For @\, we define it here, and only for
-% this purpose, to produce a typewriter backslash (so, the @\ that we
-% define for @math can't be used with @macro calls):
-%
-\def\\{\normalbackslash}%
-%
-% We would like to do this for \, too, since that is what makeinfo does.
-% But it is not possible, because Texinfo already has a command @, for a
-% cedilla accent. Documents must use @comma{} instead.
-%
-% \anythingelse will almost certainly be an error of some kind.
+\def\macrolineargctxt{% used for whole-line arguments without braces
+ \scanctxt
+ \catcode`\@=\other
+ \catcode`\{=\other
+ \catcode`\}=\other
+}
% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
% Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
\begingroup
\expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
- \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo
+ \let\commondummyword\unmacrodo
\xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
\endgroup
\else
\ifx #1\relax
% remove this
\else
- \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1%
+ \noexpand\commondummyword \noexpand#1%
\fi
}
-% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
-% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
-% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
+% \getargs -- Parse the arguments to a @macro line. Set \macname to
+% the name of the macro, and \argl to the braced argument list.
\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
\def\getmacname#1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
+% This made use of the feature that if the last token of a
+% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
+% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
-% For macro processing make @ a letter so that we can make Texinfo private macro names.
-\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@}
-\catcode `@=11\relax
-
-% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist
-% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH
-% in the params list to some hook where the argument si to be expanded. If
-% there are less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N
+% Parse the optional {params} list to @macro or @rmacro.
+% Set \paramno to the number of arguments,
+% and \paramlist to a parameter text for the macro (e.g. #1,#2,#3 for a
+% three-param macro.) Define \macarg.BLAH for each BLAH in the params
+% list to some hook where the argument is to be expanded. If there are
+% less than 10 arguments that hook is to be replaced by ##N where N
% is the position in that list, that is to say the macro arguments are to be
-% defined `a la TeX in the macro body.
+% defined `a la TeX in the macro body.
%
% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
%
-% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
-% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something
-% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
-% it to # just before using the token list produced.
-%
-% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
-% the macro is used.
+% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used: see
+% \parsemmanyargdef.
%
-% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the
-% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is
-% processed again to replace the arguments.
-%
-% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the
-% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of
-% the catcode regime underwhich the body was input).
-%
-% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more
-% arguments, you need that no macro has more than 256 arguments, otherwise an
-% error is produced.
\def\parsemargdef#1;{%
\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
\let\hash\relax
+ % \hash is redefined to `#' later to get it into definitions
\let\xeatspaces\relax
\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,%
- % In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments
- % list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to
- % each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list
- % in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments
- % are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining
- % twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power.
\ifnum\paramno<10\relax\else
\paramno0\relax
\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,;,% 10 or more arguments
\edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
\fi\next}
+% \parsemacbody, \parsermacbody
+%
+% Read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. (They're different since
+% rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
+%
+% We are in \macrobodyctxt, and the \xdef causes backslashshes in the macro
+% body to be transformed.
+% Set \macrobody to the body of the macro, and call \defmacro.
+%
+{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsemacbody#1@end macro{%
+\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}%
+{\catcode`\ =\other\long\gdef\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro{%
+\xdef\macrobody{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}}%
+
+% Make @ a letter, so that we can make private-to-Texinfo macro names.
+\edef\texiatcatcode{\the\catcode`\@}
+\catcode `@=11\relax
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%% Code for > 10 arguments only %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% If there are 10 or more arguments, a different technique is used, where the
+% hook remains in the body, and when macro is to be expanded the body is
+% processed again to replace the arguments.
+%
+% In that case, the hook is \the\toks N-1, and we simply set \toks N-1 to the
+% argument N value and then \edef the body (nothing else will expand because of
+% the catcode regime under which the body was input).
+%
+% If you compile with TeX (not eTeX), and you have macros with 10 or more
+% arguments, no macro can have more than 256 arguments (else error).
+%
+% In case that there are 10 or more arguments we parse again the arguments
+% list to set new definitions for the \macarg.BLAH macros corresponding to
+% each BLAH argument. It was anyhow needed to parse already once this list
+% in order to count the arguments, and as macros with at most 9 arguments
+% are by far more frequent than macro with 10 or more arguments, defining
+% twice the \macarg.BLAH macros does not cost too much processing power.
\def\parsemmanyargdef@@#1,{%
\if#1;\let\next=\relax
- \else
+ \else
\let\next=\parsemmanyargdef@@
\edef\tempb{\eatspaces{#1}}%
\expandafter\def\expandafter\tempa
\advance\paramno by 1\relax
\fi\next}
-% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
-% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
-%
-
-\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode
-\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
-\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
-\catcode `\@=11\relax
\let\endargs@\relax
\let\nil@\relax
\long\def\nillm@{\nil@}%
% This macro is expanded during the Texinfo macro expansion, not during its
-% definition. It gets all the arguments values and assigns them to macros
+% definition. It gets all the arguments' values and assigns them to macros
% macarg.ARGNAME
%
% #1 is the macro name
\getargvals@@
\fi
}
-
-%
\def\getargvals@@{%
\ifx\paramlist\nilm@
% Some sanity check needed here that \argvaluelist is also empty.
}
% Replace arguments by their values in the macro body, and place the result
-% in macro \@tempa
+% in macro \@tempa.
+%
\def\macvalstoargs@{%
% To do this we use the property that token registers that are \the'ed
% within an \edef expand only once. So we are going to place all argument
\expandafter\def\expandafter\@tempa\expandafter{\@tempc}%
}
-\def\macargexpandinbody@{%
- %% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group.
+% Define the named-macro outside of this group and then close this group.
+%
+\def\macargexpandinbody@{%
\expandafter
\endgroup
\macargdeflist@
\next
}
-% Save the token stack pointer into macro #1
-\def\texisavetoksstackpoint#1{\edef#1{\the\@cclvi}}
-% Restore the token stack pointer from number in macro #1
-\def\texirestoretoksstackpoint#1{\expandafter\mathchardef\expandafter\@cclvi#1\relax}
-% newtoks that can be used non \outer .
-\def\texinonouternewtoks{\alloc@ 5\toks \toksdef \@cclvi}
-
-% Tailing missing arguments are set to empty
+% Trailing missing arguments are set to empty.
+%
\def\setemptyargvalues@{%
\ifx\paramlist\nilm@
\let\next\macargexpandinbody@
\long\def#2{#4}%
}
-% This defines a Texinfo @macro. There are eight cases: recursive and
-% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments.
-% Much magic with \expandafter here.
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%% End of code for > 10 arguments %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+% This defines a Texinfo @macro or @rmacro, called by \parsemacbody.
+% \macrobody has the body of the macro in it, with placeholders for
+% its parameters, looking like "\xeatspaces{\hash 1}".
+% \paramno is the number of parameters
+% \paramlist is a TeX parameter text, e.g. "#1,#2,#3,"
+% There are four cases: macros of zero, one, up to nine, and many arguments.
% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
-% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
+% they're defined in: @include reads the file inside a group.
%
\def\defmacro{%
\let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
- \ifrecursive
- \ifcase\paramno
- % 0
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \or % 1
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\braceorline
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
- \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \else
- \ifnum\paramno<10\relax % at most 9
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\xdef
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
- \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
- \else % 10 or more
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
- }%
- \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\temp
- \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble
- \fi
- \fi
+ \ifnum\paramno=1
+ \def\xeatspaces##1{##1}%
+ % This removes the pair of braces around the argument. We don't
+ % use \eatspaces, because this can cause ends of lines to be lost
+ % when the argument to \eatspaces is read, leading to line-based
+ % commands like "@itemize" not being read correctly.
\else
- \ifcase\paramno
- % 0
+ \let\xeatspaces\relax % suppress expansion
+ \fi
+ \ifcase\paramno
+ % 0
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup
+ \noexpand\spaceisspace
+ \noexpand\endlineisspace
+ \noexpand\expandafter % skip any whitespace after the macro name.
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{%
+ \egroup
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
+ \or % 1
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+ \bgroup
+ \noexpand\braceorline
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
+ \egroup
+ \noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}%
+ }%
+ \else % at most 9
+ \ifnum\paramno<10\relax
+ % @MACNAME sets the context for reading the macro argument
+ % @MACNAME@@ gets the argument, processes backslashes and appends a
+ % comma.
+ % @MACNAME@@@ removes braces surrounding the argument list.
+ % @MACNAME@@@@ scans the macro body with arguments substituted.
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \or % 1
+ \bgroup
+ \noexpand\expandafter % This \expandafter skip any spaces after the
+ \noexpand\macroargctxt % macro before we change the catcode of space.
+ \noexpand\expandafter
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@\endcsname##1{%
+ \noexpand\passargtomacro
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname{##1,}}%
+ \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname @@@\endcsname##1{%
+ \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname ##1}%
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\xdef
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \csname\the\macname @@@@\endcsname\paramlist{%
+ \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\macrobody}}%
+ \else % 10 or more:
\expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \noexpand\braceorline
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
- \egroup
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \else % at most 9
- \ifnum\paramno<10\relax
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
- \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\xdef
- \expandafter\expandafter
- \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
- \paramlist{%
- \egroup
- \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
- \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
- \else % 10 or more:
- \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
- \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
- }%
- \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\temp
- \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\norecurse
- \fi
+ \noexpand\getargvals@{\the\macname}{\argl}%
+ }%
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .body\endcsname\macrobody
+ \global\expandafter\let\csname mac.\the\macname .recurse\endcsname\gobble
\fi
\fi}
-\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax
+\catcode `\@\texiatcatcode\relax % end private-to-Texinfo catcodes
\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
-% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
-% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
-% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
-% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg).
-%
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=13 % We need to manipulate \ so use @ as escape
+@catcode`@_=11 % private names
+@catcode`@!=11 % used as argument separator
+
+% \passargtomacro#1#2 -
+% Call #1 with a list of tokens #2, with any doubled backslashes in #2
+% compressed to one.
+%
+% This implementation works by expansion, and not execution (so we cannot use
+% \def or similar). This reduces the risk of this failing in contexts where
+% complete expansion is done with no execution (for example, in writing out to
+% an auxiliary file for an index entry).
+%
+% State is kept in the input stream: the argument passed to
+% @look_ahead, @gobble_and_check_finish and @add_segment is
+%
+% THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT ! {PENDING_BS} NEXT_TOKEN (... rest of input)
+%
+% where:
+% THE_MACRO - name of the macro we want to call
+% ARG_RESULT - argument list we build to pass to that macro
+% PENDING_BS - either a backslash or nothing
+% NEXT_TOKEN - used to look ahead in the input stream to see what's coming next
+
+@gdef@passargtomacro#1#2{%
+ @add_segment #1!{}@relax#2\@_finish\%
+}
+@gdef@_finish{@_finishx} @global@let@_finishx@relax
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
+% #2 - PENDING_BS
+% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
+% #4 used to look ahead
+%
+% If the next token is not a backslash, process the rest of the argument;
+% otherwise, remove the next token.
+@gdef@look_ahead#1!#2#3#4{%
+ @ifx#4\%
+ @expandafter@gobble_and_check_finish
+ @else
+ @expandafter@add_segment
+ @fi#1!{#2}#4#4%
+}
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
+% #2 - PENDING_BS
+% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
+% #4 should be a backslash, which is gobbled.
+% #5 looks ahead
+%
+% Double backslash found. Add a single backslash, and look ahead.
+@gdef@gobble_and_check_finish#1!#2#3#4#5{%
+ @add_segment#1\!{}#5#5%
+}
+
+@gdef@is_fi{@fi}
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO ARG_RESULT
+% #2 - PENDING_BS
+% #3 - NEXT_TOKEN
+% #4 is input stream until next backslash
+%
+% Input stream is either at the start of the argument, or just after a
+% backslash sequence, either a lone backslash, or a doubled backslash.
+% NEXT_TOKEN contains the first token in the input stream: if it is \finish,
+% finish; otherwise, append to ARG_RESULT the segment of the argument up until
+% the next backslash. PENDING_BACKSLASH contains a backslash to represent
+% a backslash just before the start of the input stream that has not been
+% added to ARG_RESULT.
+@gdef@add_segment#1!#2#3#4\{%
+@ifx#3@_finish
+ @call_the_macro#1!%
+@else
+ % append the pending backslash to the result, followed by the next segment
+ @expandafter@is_fi@look_ahead#1#2#4!{\}@fi
+ % this @fi is discarded by @look_ahead.
+ % we can't get rid of it with \expandafter because we don't know how
+ % long #4 is.
+}
+
+% #1 - THE_MACRO
+% #2 - ARG_RESULT
+% #3 discards the res of the conditional in @add_segment, and @is_fi ends the
+% conditional.
+@gdef@call_the_macro#1#2!#3@fi{@is_fi #1{#2}}
+
+}
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% \braceorline MAC is used for a one-argument macro MAC. It checks
+% whether the next non-whitespace character is a {. It sets the context
+% for reading the argument (slightly different in the two cases). Then,
+% to read the argument, in the whole-line case, it then calls the regular
+% \parsearg MAC; in the lbrace case, it calls \passargtomacro MAC.
+%
\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
\def\braceorlinexxx{%
- \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
- \expandafter\parsearg
+ \ifx\nchar\bgroup
+ \macroargctxt
+ \expandafter\passargtomacro
+ \else
+ \macrolineargctxt\expandafter\parsearg
\fi \macnamexxx}
% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs
\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
-\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
+\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}\omittopnode}
+
+% Used so that the @top node doesn't have to be wrapped in an @ifnottex
+% conditional.
+% \doignore goes to more effort to skip nested conditionals but we don't need
+% that here.
+\def\omittopnode{%
+ \ifx\lastnode\wordTop
+ \expandafter\ignorenode\fi
+}
+\def\wordTop{Top}
+
+% Until the next @node or @bye command, divert output to a box that is not
+% output.
+\def\ignorenode{\setbox\dummybox\vbox\bgroup\def\node{\egroup\node}%
+\ignorenodebye
+}
+
+{\let\bye\relax
+\gdef\ignorenodebye{\let\bye\ignorenodebyedef}
+\gdef\ignorenodebyedef{\egroup(`Top' node ignored)\bye}}
+% The redefinition of \bye here is because it is declared \outer
-\let\nwnode=\node
\let\lastnode=\empty
% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the
% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
% anchor), which consists of three parts:
-% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \lastsection,
+% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \currentsection,
% or the anchor name.
% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
% empty for anchors.
\pdfmkdest{#1}%
\iflinks
{%
+ \requireauxfile
\atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them
+ % match definition in \xrdef, \refx, \xrefX.
+ \def\value##1{##1}%
\edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
\write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
}%
- \toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}%
+ \toks0 = \expandafter{\currentsection}%
\immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
\immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
\safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, at \shipout
% automatically in xrefs, if the third arg is not explicitly specified.
% This was provided as a "secret" @set xref-automatic-section-title
% variable, now it's official.
-%
+%
\parseargdef\xrefautomaticsectiontitle{%
\def\temp{#1}%
\ifx\temp\onword
\fi\fi
}
-% \f
+%
% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
% manual. All but the node name can be omitted.
%
-\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\pxref{\putwordsee{} \xrefXX}
+\def\xref{\putwordSee{} \xrefXX}
+\def\ref{\xrefXX}
+
+\def\xrefXX#1{\def\xrefXXarg{#1}\futurelet\tokenafterxref\xrefXXX}
+\def\xrefXXX{\expandafter\xrefX\expandafter[\xrefXXarg,,,,,,,]}
%
\newbox\toprefbox
\newbox\printedrefnamebox
%
% Make link in pdf output.
\ifpdf
+ % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX
{\indexnofonts
- \turnoffactive
\makevalueexpandable
+ \turnoffactive
% This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
% etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in
% #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
%
% This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
% spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
- \edef\pdfxrefdest{#1}%
- \ifx\pdfxrefdest\empty
- \def\pdfxrefdest{Top}% no empty targets
- \else
- \txiescapepdf\pdfxrefdest % escape PDF special chars
+ \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+ %
+ \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+ \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets
\fi
%
\leavevmode
\startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
\ifnum\filenamelength>0
- goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}%
+ goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfdestname}%
\else
- goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}%
+ goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfdestname}}%
\fi
}%
\setcolor{\linkcolor}%
+ \else
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \else
+ % For XeTeX
+ {\indexnofonts
+ \makevalueexpandable
+ \turnoffactive
+ % This expands tokens, so do it after making catcode changes, so _
+ % etc. don't get their TeX definitions. This ignores all spaces in
+ % #4, including (wrongly) those in the middle of the filename.
+ \getfilename{#4}%
+ %
+ % This (wrongly) does not take account of leading or trailing
+ % spaces in #1, which should be ignored.
+ \setpdfdestname{#1}%
+ %
+ \ifx\pdfdestname\empty
+ \def\pdfdestname{Top}% no empty targets
+ \fi
+ %
+ \leavevmode
+ \ifnum\filenamelength>0
+ % With default settings,
+ % XeTeX (xdvipdfmx) replaces link destination names with integers.
+ % In this case, the replaced destination names of
+ % remote PDFs are no longer known. In order to avoid a replacement,
+ % you can use xdvipdfmx's command line option `-C 0x0010'.
+ % If you use XeTeX 0.99996+ (TeX Live 2016+),
+ % this command line option is no longer necessary
+ % because we can use the `dvipdfmx:config' special.
+ \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
+ << /S /GoToR /F (\the\filename.pdf) /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}%
+ \else
+ \special{pdf:bann << /Border [0 0 0] /Type /Annot /Subtype /Link /A
+ << /S /GoTo /D (\pdfdestname) >> >>}%
+ \fi
+ }%
+ \setcolor{\linkcolor}%
+ \fi
\fi
- %
- % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
- % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the
- % LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
{%
% Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
% include an _ in the xref name, etc.
\indexnofonts
\turnoffactive
+ \def\value##1{##1}%
\expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
\csname XR#1-title\endcsname
}%
+ %
+ % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
+ % instead of "[somenode], p.3". \iffloat distinguishes them by
+ % \Xthisreftitle being set to a magic string.
\iffloat\Xthisreftitle
% If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
% print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
\fi
\else
% node/anchor (non-float) references.
- %
+ %
% If we use \unhbox to print the node names, TeX does not insert
% empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will not
% find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
% are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens,
% this is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name
% again, so it is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
- %
+ %
\ifdim \wd\printedmanualbox > 0pt
% Cross-manual reference with a printed manual name.
- %
+ %
\crossmanualxref{\cite{\printedmanual\unskip}}%
%
\else\ifdim \wd\infofilenamebox > 0pt
% Cross-manual reference with only an info filename (arg 4), no
% printed manual name (arg 5). This is essentially the same as
% the case above; we output the filename, since we have nothing else.
- %
+ %
\crossmanualxref{\code{\infofilename\unskip}}%
%
\else
% Reference within this manual.
%
- % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
- % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
- % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
- % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
- % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
- {\turnoffactive
- % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
- % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
- \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
- \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
- }%
+ % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
+ % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
+ \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
+ \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
+ %
% output the `[mynode]' via the macro below so it can be overridden.
\xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
%
%
% output the `page 3'.
\turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
+ % Add a , if xref followed by a space
+ \if\space\noexpand\tokenafterxref ,%
+ \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @TAB
+ \else\ifx\*\tokenafterxref ,% @*
+ \else\ifx\ \tokenafterxref ,% @SPACE
+ \else\ifx\
+ \tokenafterxref ,% @NL
+ \else\ifx\tie\tokenafterxref ,% @tie
+ \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
\fi\fi
\fi
\endlink
\endgroup}
% Output a cross-manual xref to #1. Used just above (twice).
-%
+%
% Only include the text "Section ``foo'' in" if the foo is neither
% missing or Top. Thus, @xref{,,,foo,The Foo Manual} outputs simply
% "see The Foo Manual", the idea being to refer to the whole manual.
-%
+%
% But, this being TeX, we can't easily compare our node name against the
% string "Top" while ignoring the possible spaces before and after in
% the input. By adding the arbitrary 7sp below, we make it much less
% likely that a real node name would have the same width as "Top" (e.g.,
% in a monospaced font). Hopefully it will never happen in practice.
-%
+%
% For the same basic reason, we retypeset the "Top" at every
% reference, since the current font is indeterminate.
-%
+%
\def\crossmanualxref#1{%
\setbox\toprefbox = \hbox{Top\kern7sp}%
\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \printedrefname \unskip \kern7sp}%
\fi\fi\fi
}
-% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
-% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
-%
+% \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} - reference a cross-reference string named NAME. SUFFIX
+% is output afterwards if non-empty.
\def\refx#1#2{%
+ \requireauxfile
{%
\indexnofonts
- \otherbackslash
+ \turnoffactive
+ \def\value##1{##1}%
\expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
\csname XR#1\endcsname
}%
#2% Output the suffix in any case.
}
-% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's
-% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
-% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
+% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Define a control
+% sequence for a cross-reference target (we prepend XR to the control sequence
+% name to avoid collisions). The value is the page number. If this is a float
+% type, we have more work to do.
%
\def\xrdef#1#2{%
- {% The node name might contain 8-bit characters, which in our current
- % implementation are changed to commands like @'e. Don't let these
- % mess up the control sequence name.
+ {% Expand the node or anchor name to remove control sequences.
+ % \turnoffactive stops 8-bit characters being changed to commands
+ % like @'e. \refx does the same to retrieve the value in the definition.
\indexnofonts
\turnoffactive
+ \def\value##1{##1}%
\xdef\safexrefname{#1}%
}%
%
- \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref
+ \bgroup
+ \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}%
+ \egroup
+ % We put the \gdef inside a group to avoid the definitions building up on
+ % TeX's save stack, which can cause it to run out of space for aux files with
+ % thousands of lines. \gdef doesn't use the save stack, but \csname does
+ % when it defines an unknown control sequence as \relax.
%
% Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
\expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname
\fi
}
+% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
+% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
+% This is done with @novalidate at the beginning of the file.
+%
+\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
+\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
+
+% Used when writing to the aux file, or when using data from it.
+\def\requireauxfile{%
+ \iflinks
+ \tryauxfile
+ % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
+ \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
+ \fi
+ \global\let\requireauxfile=\relax % Only do this once.
+}
+
% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
%
\def\tryauxfile{%
\catcode`\^^]=\other
\catcode`\^^^=\other
\catcode`\^^_=\other
- % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
- % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't
- % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore,
- % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
- % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
- % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
- % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could
- % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't.
- %
- % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
- % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
- % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
- %
\catcode`\^=\other
%
% Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but...
\catcode`\%=\other
\catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
%
- % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \
- % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than
- % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \
- % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value*
- % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that
- % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for
- % now. --karl, 15jan04.
- \catcode`\\=\other
- %
- % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters.
- {%
- \count1=128
- \def\loop{%
- \catcode\count1=\other
- \advance\count1 by 1
- \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi
- }%
- }%
+ \catcode`\\=\active
%
% @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
\catcode`\{=1
%
% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
\gdef\footnote{%
- \let\indent=\ptexindent
- \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
\global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
\edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
%
%
\gdef\dofootnote{%
\insert\footins\bgroup
+ %
+ % Nested footnotes are not supported in TeX, that would take a lot
+ % more work. (\startsavinginserts does not suffice.)
+ \let\footnote=\errfootnotenest
+ %
% We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
% footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
% So reset some parameters.
- \hsize=\pagewidth
+ \hsize=\txipagewidth
\interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
\splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
\splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
}
}%end \catcode `\@=11
+\def\errfootnotenest{%
+ \errhelp=\EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Nested footnotes not supported in texinfo.tex,
+ even though they work in makeinfo; sorry}
+}
+
+\def\errfootnoteheading{%
+ \errhelp=\EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Footnotes in chapters, sections, etc., are not supported}
+}
+
% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion
% would be lost.
% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03.
-
+%
% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
% out prematurely.
\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
- it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
+ it from https://ctan.org/texarchive/macros/texinfo/texinfo/doc/epsf.tex.}
%
\def\image#1{%
\ifx\epsfbox\thisisundefined
\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
\catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
\normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
+ \def\xprocessmacroarg{\eatspaces}% in case we are being used via a macro
% If the image is by itself, center it.
\ifvmode
\imagevmodetrue
%
% Output the image.
\ifpdf
+ % For pdfTeX and LuaTeX <= 0.80
\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
\else
- % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
- \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
- \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ % For epsf.tex
+ % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
+ \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+ \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
+ \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+ \else
+ % For XeTeX
+ \doxeteximage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+ \fi
\fi
%
\ifimagevmode
\medskip % space after a standalone image
- \fi
+ \fi
\ifx\centersub\centerV \egroup \fi
\endgroup}
\global\advance\floatno by 1
%
{%
- % This magic value for \lastsection is output by \setref as the
+ % This magic value for \currentsection is output by \setref as the
% XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
% labels (which have a completely different output format) from
% node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the
% lists of floats.
%
- \edef\lastsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
+ \edef\currentsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
\setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
}%
\fi
%
\ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
\ifx\floatident\empty \else
- \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
+ \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
\fi
%
% caption text.
% \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short
% caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
{%
+ \requireauxfile
\atdummies
%
- % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M
- % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so
- % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file.
- \scanexp{%
- \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{%
- \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
- \thiscaption
- \else
- \thisshortcaption
- \fi
- }%
- }%
+ \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
+ \def\gtemp{\thiscaption}%
+ \else
+ \def\gtemp{\thisshortcaption}%
+ \fi
\immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
- \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
+ \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
}%
\fi
\egroup % end of \vtop
%
- % place the captured inserts
- %
- % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning
- % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly
- % float. --kasal, 26may04
- %
\checkinserts
}
% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic
-% \lastsection value which we \setref above.
+% \currentsection value which we \setref above.
%
\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
%
{
\catcode`\_ = \active
\globaldefs=1
-\parseargdef\documentlanguage{\begingroup
- \let_=\normalunderscore % normal _ character for filenames
+\parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
\tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
% Read the file by the name they passed if it exists.
+ \let_ = \normalunderscore % normal _ character for filename test
\openin 1 txi-#1.tex
\ifeof 1
- \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore{#1_\finish}%
+ \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore #1_\finish
\else
\globaldefs = 1 % everything in the txi-LL files needs to persist
\input txi-#1.tex
\fi
\closein 1
\endgroup % end raw TeX
-\endgroup}
+}
%
% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist,
% try txi-de.tex.
\global\righthyphenmin = #3\relax
}
+% XeTeX and LuaTeX can handle Unicode natively.
+% Their default I/O uses UTF-8 sequences instead of a byte-wise operation.
+% Other TeX engines' I/O (pdfTeX, etc.) is byte-wise.
+%
+\newif\iftxinativeunicodecapable
+\newif\iftxiusebytewiseio
+
+\ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+ \txinativeunicodecapablefalse
+ \txiusebytewiseiotrue
+ \else
+ \txinativeunicodecapabletrue
+ \txiusebytewiseiofalse
+ \fi
+\else
+ \txinativeunicodecapabletrue
+ \txiusebytewiseiofalse
+\fi
+
+% Set I/O by bytes instead of UTF-8 sequence for XeTeX and LuaTex
+% for non-UTF-8 (byte-wise) encodings.
+%
+\def\setbytewiseio{%
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \else
+ \XeTeXdefaultencoding "bytes" % For subsequent files to be read
+ \XeTeXinputencoding "bytes" % For document root file
+ % Unfortunately, there seems to be no corresponding XeTeX command for
+ % output encoding. This is a problem for auxiliary index and TOC files.
+ % The only solution would be perhaps to write out @U{...} sequences in
+ % place of non-ASCII characters.
+ \fi
+
+ \ifx\luatexversion\thisisundefined
+ \else
+ \directlua{
+ local utf8_char, byte, gsub = unicode.utf8.char, string.byte, string.gsub
+ local function convert_char (char)
+ return utf8_char(byte(char))
+ end
+
+ local function convert_line (line)
+ return gsub(line, ".", convert_char)
+ end
+
+ callback.register("process_input_buffer", convert_line)
+
+ local function convert_line_out (line)
+ local line_out = ""
+ for c in string.utfvalues(line) do
+ line_out = line_out .. string.char(c)
+ end
+ return line_out
+ end
+
+ callback.register("process_output_buffer", convert_line_out)
+ }
+ \fi
+
+ \txiusebytewiseiotrue
+}
+
+
% Helpers for encodings.
% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number.
%
% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters
% according to the specified encoding.
%
-\parseargdef\documentencoding{%
+\def\documentencoding{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\documentencodingzzz}
+\def\documentencodingzzz#1{%
+ %
% Encoding being declared for the document.
\def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}%
%
\asciichardefs
%
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo
+ \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ \setbytewiseio
+ \fi
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
\lattwochardefs
%
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone
+ \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ \setbytewiseio
+ \fi
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
\latonechardefs
%
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine
+ \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ \setbytewiseio
+ \fi
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
\latninechardefs
%
\else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
- \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
- \utfeightchardefs
+ \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ % For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX)
+ \nativeunicodechardefs
+ \else
+ % For treating UTF-8 as byte sequences (TeX, eTeX and pdfTeX)
+ \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+ % since we already invoked \utfeightchardefs at the top level
+ % (below), do not re-invoke it, otherwise our check for duplicated
+ % definitions gets triggered. Making non-ascii chars active is
+ % sufficient.
+ \fi
%
\else
- \message{Unknown document encoding #1, ignoring.}%
+ \message{Ignoring unknown document encoding: #1.}%
%
\fi % utfeight
\fi % latnine
\fi % latone
\fi % lattwo
\fi % ascii
+ %
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \else
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+ \else
+ \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
+ \else
+ \message{Warning: XeTeX with non-UTF-8 encodings cannot handle %
+ non-ASCII characters in auxiliary files.}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
}
+% emacs-page
% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available
% the default font encoding (OT1).
%
-\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing in OT1 encoding: #1.}}
+\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing, sorry: #1.}}
% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference.
\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi}
% macros containing the character definitions.
\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
%
+
+\def\gdefchar#1#2{%
+\gdef#1{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars
+ \string#1%
+ \else
+ #2%
+ \fi
+}}
+
% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions.
\def\latonechardefs{%
- \gdef^^a0{\tie}
- \gdef^^a1{\exclamdown}
- \gdef^^a2{\missingcharmsg{CENT SIGN}}
- \gdef^^a3{{\pounds}}
- \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
- \gdef^^a5{\missingcharmsg{YEN SIGN}}
- \gdef^^a6{\missingcharmsg{BROKEN BAR}}
- \gdef^^a7{\S}
- \gdef^^a8{\"{}}
- \gdef^^a9{\copyright}
- \gdef^^aa{\ordf}
- \gdef^^ab{\guillemetleft}
- \gdef^^ac{$\lnot$}
- \gdef^^ad{\-}
- \gdef^^ae{\registeredsymbol}
- \gdef^^af{\={}}
- %
- \gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
- \gdef^^b1{$\pm$}
- \gdef^^b2{$^2$}
- \gdef^^b3{$^3$}
- \gdef^^b4{\'{}}
- \gdef^^b5{$\mu$}
- \gdef^^b6{\P}
- %
- \gdef^^b7{$^.$}
- \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
- \gdef^^b9{$^1$}
- \gdef^^ba{\ordm}
- %
- \gdef^^bb{\guillemetright}
- \gdef^^bc{$1\over4$}
- \gdef^^bd{$1\over2$}
- \gdef^^be{$3\over4$}
- \gdef^^bf{\questiondown}
- %
- \gdef^^c0{\`A}
- \gdef^^c1{\'A}
- \gdef^^c2{\^A}
- \gdef^^c3{\~A}
- \gdef^^c4{\"A}
- \gdef^^c5{\ringaccent A}
- \gdef^^c6{\AE}
- \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
- \gdef^^c8{\`E}
- \gdef^^c9{\'E}
- \gdef^^ca{\^E}
- \gdef^^cb{\"E}
- \gdef^^cc{\`I}
- \gdef^^cd{\'I}
- \gdef^^ce{\^I}
- \gdef^^cf{\"I}
- %
- \gdef^^d0{\DH}
- \gdef^^d1{\~N}
- \gdef^^d2{\`O}
- \gdef^^d3{\'O}
- \gdef^^d4{\^O}
- \gdef^^d5{\~O}
- \gdef^^d6{\"O}
- \gdef^^d7{$\times$}
- \gdef^^d8{\O}
- \gdef^^d9{\`U}
- \gdef^^da{\'U}
- \gdef^^db{\^U}
- \gdef^^dc{\"U}
- \gdef^^dd{\'Y}
- \gdef^^de{\TH}
- \gdef^^df{\ss}
- %
- \gdef^^e0{\`a}
- \gdef^^e1{\'a}
- \gdef^^e2{\^a}
- \gdef^^e3{\~a}
- \gdef^^e4{\"a}
- \gdef^^e5{\ringaccent a}
- \gdef^^e6{\ae}
- \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
- \gdef^^e8{\`e}
- \gdef^^e9{\'e}
- \gdef^^ea{\^e}
- \gdef^^eb{\"e}
- \gdef^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
- \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
- \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
- \gdef^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
- %
- \gdef^^f0{\dh}
- \gdef^^f1{\~n}
- \gdef^^f2{\`o}
- \gdef^^f3{\'o}
- \gdef^^f4{\^o}
- \gdef^^f5{\~o}
- \gdef^^f6{\"o}
- \gdef^^f7{$\div$}
- \gdef^^f8{\o}
- \gdef^^f9{\`u}
- \gdef^^fa{\'u}
- \gdef^^fb{\^u}
- \gdef^^fc{\"u}
- \gdef^^fd{\'y}
- \gdef^^fe{\th}
- \gdef^^ff{\"y}
+ \gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
+ \gdefchar^^a1{\exclamdown}
+ \gdefchar^^a2{{\tcfont \char162}} % cent
+ \gdefchar^^a3{\pounds{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a4{{\tcfont \char164}} % currency
+ \gdefchar^^a5{{\tcfont \char165}} % yen
+ \gdefchar^^a6{{\tcfont \char166}} % broken bar
+ \gdefchar^^a7{\S}
+ \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a9{\copyright{}}
+ \gdefchar^^aa{\ordf}
+ \gdefchar^^ab{\guillemetleft{}}
+ \gdefchar^^ac{\ensuremath\lnot}
+ \gdefchar^^ad{\-}
+ \gdefchar^^ae{\registeredsymbol{}}
+ \gdefchar^^af{\={}}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree}
+ \gdefchar^^b1{$\pm$}
+ \gdefchar^^b2{$^2$}
+ \gdefchar^^b3{$^3$}
+ \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
+ \gdefchar^^b5{$\mu$}
+ \gdefchar^^b6{\P}
+ \gdefchar^^b7{\ensuremath\cdot}
+ \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
+ \gdefchar^^b9{$^1$}
+ \gdefchar^^ba{\ordm}
+ \gdefchar^^bb{\guillemetright{}}
+ \gdefchar^^bc{$1\over4$}
+ \gdefchar^^bd{$1\over2$}
+ \gdefchar^^be{$3\over4$}
+ \gdefchar^^bf{\questiondown}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^c0{\`A}
+ \gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
+ \gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
+ \gdefchar^^c3{\~A}
+ \gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
+ \gdefchar^^c5{\ringaccent A}
+ \gdefchar^^c6{\AE}
+ \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
+ \gdefchar^^c8{\`E}
+ \gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
+ \gdefchar^^ca{\^E}
+ \gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
+ \gdefchar^^cc{\`I}
+ \gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
+ \gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
+ \gdefchar^^cf{\"I}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
+ \gdefchar^^d1{\~N}
+ \gdefchar^^d2{\`O}
+ \gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
+ \gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
+ \gdefchar^^d5{\~O}
+ \gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
+ \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
+ \gdefchar^^d8{\O}
+ \gdefchar^^d9{\`U}
+ \gdefchar^^da{\'U}
+ \gdefchar^^db{\^U}
+ \gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
+ \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
+ \gdefchar^^de{\TH}
+ \gdefchar^^df{\ss}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^e0{\`a}
+ \gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
+ \gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
+ \gdefchar^^e3{\~a}
+ \gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
+ \gdefchar^^e5{\ringaccent a}
+ \gdefchar^^e6{\ae}
+ \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
+ \gdefchar^^e8{\`e}
+ \gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
+ \gdefchar^^ea{\^e}
+ \gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
+ \gdefchar^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
+ \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
+ \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
+ \gdefchar^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
+ \gdefchar^^f1{\~n}
+ \gdefchar^^f2{\`o}
+ \gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
+ \gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
+ \gdefchar^^f5{\~o}
+ \gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
+ \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
+ \gdefchar^^f8{\o}
+ \gdefchar^^f9{\`u}
+ \gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
+ \gdefchar^^fb{\^u}
+ \gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
+ \gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
+ \gdefchar^^fe{\th}
+ \gdefchar^^ff{\"y}
}
% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions.
% Encoding is almost identical to Latin1.
\latonechardefs
%
- \gdef^^a4{\euro}
- \gdef^^a6{\v S}
- \gdef^^a8{\v s}
- \gdef^^b4{\v Z}
- \gdef^^b8{\v z}
- \gdef^^bc{\OE}
- \gdef^^bd{\oe}
- \gdef^^be{\"Y}
+ \gdefchar^^a4{\euro{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a6{\v S}
+ \gdefchar^^a8{\v s}
+ \gdefchar^^b4{\v Z}
+ \gdefchar^^b8{\v z}
+ \gdefchar^^bc{\OE}
+ \gdefchar^^bd{\oe}
+ \gdefchar^^be{\"Y}
}
% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions.
\def\lattwochardefs{%
- \gdef^^a0{\tie}
- \gdef^^a1{\ogonek{A}}
- \gdef^^a2{\u{}}
- \gdef^^a3{\L}
- \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
- \gdef^^a5{\v L}
- \gdef^^a6{\'S}
- \gdef^^a7{\S}
- \gdef^^a8{\"{}}
- \gdef^^a9{\v S}
- \gdef^^aa{\cedilla S}
- \gdef^^ab{\v T}
- \gdef^^ac{\'Z}
- \gdef^^ad{\-}
- \gdef^^ae{\v Z}
- \gdef^^af{\dotaccent Z}
- %
- \gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
- \gdef^^b1{\ogonek{a}}
- \gdef^^b2{\ogonek{ }}
- \gdef^^b3{\l}
- \gdef^^b4{\'{}}
- \gdef^^b5{\v l}
- \gdef^^b6{\'s}
- \gdef^^b7{\v{}}
- \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
- \gdef^^b9{\v s}
- \gdef^^ba{\cedilla s}
- \gdef^^bb{\v t}
- \gdef^^bc{\'z}
- \gdef^^bd{\H{}}
- \gdef^^be{\v z}
- \gdef^^bf{\dotaccent z}
- %
- \gdef^^c0{\'R}
- \gdef^^c1{\'A}
- \gdef^^c2{\^A}
- \gdef^^c3{\u A}
- \gdef^^c4{\"A}
- \gdef^^c5{\'L}
- \gdef^^c6{\'C}
- \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
- \gdef^^c8{\v C}
- \gdef^^c9{\'E}
- \gdef^^ca{\ogonek{E}}
- \gdef^^cb{\"E}
- \gdef^^cc{\v E}
- \gdef^^cd{\'I}
- \gdef^^ce{\^I}
- \gdef^^cf{\v D}
- %
- \gdef^^d0{\DH}
- \gdef^^d1{\'N}
- \gdef^^d2{\v N}
- \gdef^^d3{\'O}
- \gdef^^d4{\^O}
- \gdef^^d5{\H O}
- \gdef^^d6{\"O}
- \gdef^^d7{$\times$}
- \gdef^^d8{\v R}
- \gdef^^d9{\ringaccent U}
- \gdef^^da{\'U}
- \gdef^^db{\H U}
- \gdef^^dc{\"U}
- \gdef^^dd{\'Y}
- \gdef^^de{\cedilla T}
- \gdef^^df{\ss}
- %
- \gdef^^e0{\'r}
- \gdef^^e1{\'a}
- \gdef^^e2{\^a}
- \gdef^^e3{\u a}
- \gdef^^e4{\"a}
- \gdef^^e5{\'l}
- \gdef^^e6{\'c}
- \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
- \gdef^^e8{\v c}
- \gdef^^e9{\'e}
- \gdef^^ea{\ogonek{e}}
- \gdef^^eb{\"e}
- \gdef^^ec{\v e}
- \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}}
- \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}}
- \gdef^^ef{\v d}
- %
- \gdef^^f0{\dh}
- \gdef^^f1{\'n}
- \gdef^^f2{\v n}
- \gdef^^f3{\'o}
- \gdef^^f4{\^o}
- \gdef^^f5{\H o}
- \gdef^^f6{\"o}
- \gdef^^f7{$\div$}
- \gdef^^f8{\v r}
- \gdef^^f9{\ringaccent u}
- \gdef^^fa{\'u}
- \gdef^^fb{\H u}
- \gdef^^fc{\"u}
- \gdef^^fd{\'y}
- \gdef^^fe{\cedilla t}
- \gdef^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a0{\tie}
+ \gdefchar^^a1{\ogonek{A}}
+ \gdefchar^^a2{\u{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a3{\L}
+ \gdefchar^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
+ \gdefchar^^a5{\v L}
+ \gdefchar^^a6{\'S}
+ \gdefchar^^a7{\S}
+ \gdefchar^^a8{\"{}}
+ \gdefchar^^a9{\v S}
+ \gdefchar^^aa{\cedilla S}
+ \gdefchar^^ab{\v T}
+ \gdefchar^^ac{\'Z}
+ \gdefchar^^ad{\-}
+ \gdefchar^^ae{\v Z}
+ \gdefchar^^af{\dotaccent Z}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^b0{\textdegree{}}
+ \gdefchar^^b1{\ogonek{a}}
+ \gdefchar^^b2{\ogonek{ }}
+ \gdefchar^^b3{\l}
+ \gdefchar^^b4{\'{}}
+ \gdefchar^^b5{\v l}
+ \gdefchar^^b6{\'s}
+ \gdefchar^^b7{\v{}}
+ \gdefchar^^b8{\cedilla\ }
+ \gdefchar^^b9{\v s}
+ \gdefchar^^ba{\cedilla s}
+ \gdefchar^^bb{\v t}
+ \gdefchar^^bc{\'z}
+ \gdefchar^^bd{\H{}}
+ \gdefchar^^be{\v z}
+ \gdefchar^^bf{\dotaccent z}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^c0{\'R}
+ \gdefchar^^c1{\'A}
+ \gdefchar^^c2{\^A}
+ \gdefchar^^c3{\u A}
+ \gdefchar^^c4{\"A}
+ \gdefchar^^c5{\'L}
+ \gdefchar^^c6{\'C}
+ \gdefchar^^c7{\cedilla C}
+ \gdefchar^^c8{\v C}
+ \gdefchar^^c9{\'E}
+ \gdefchar^^ca{\ogonek{E}}
+ \gdefchar^^cb{\"E}
+ \gdefchar^^cc{\v E}
+ \gdefchar^^cd{\'I}
+ \gdefchar^^ce{\^I}
+ \gdefchar^^cf{\v D}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^d0{\DH}
+ \gdefchar^^d1{\'N}
+ \gdefchar^^d2{\v N}
+ \gdefchar^^d3{\'O}
+ \gdefchar^^d4{\^O}
+ \gdefchar^^d5{\H O}
+ \gdefchar^^d6{\"O}
+ \gdefchar^^d7{$\times$}
+ \gdefchar^^d8{\v R}
+ \gdefchar^^d9{\ringaccent U}
+ \gdefchar^^da{\'U}
+ \gdefchar^^db{\H U}
+ \gdefchar^^dc{\"U}
+ \gdefchar^^dd{\'Y}
+ \gdefchar^^de{\cedilla T}
+ \gdefchar^^df{\ss}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^e0{\'r}
+ \gdefchar^^e1{\'a}
+ \gdefchar^^e2{\^a}
+ \gdefchar^^e3{\u a}
+ \gdefchar^^e4{\"a}
+ \gdefchar^^e5{\'l}
+ \gdefchar^^e6{\'c}
+ \gdefchar^^e7{\cedilla c}
+ \gdefchar^^e8{\v c}
+ \gdefchar^^e9{\'e}
+ \gdefchar^^ea{\ogonek{e}}
+ \gdefchar^^eb{\"e}
+ \gdefchar^^ec{\v e}
+ \gdefchar^^ed{\'{\dotless{i}}}
+ \gdefchar^^ee{\^{\dotless{i}}}
+ \gdefchar^^ef{\v d}
+ %
+ \gdefchar^^f0{\dh}
+ \gdefchar^^f1{\'n}
+ \gdefchar^^f2{\v n}
+ \gdefchar^^f3{\'o}
+ \gdefchar^^f4{\^o}
+ \gdefchar^^f5{\H o}
+ \gdefchar^^f6{\"o}
+ \gdefchar^^f7{$\div$}
+ \gdefchar^^f8{\v r}
+ \gdefchar^^f9{\ringaccent u}
+ \gdefchar^^fa{\'u}
+ \gdefchar^^fb{\H u}
+ \gdefchar^^fc{\"u}
+ \gdefchar^^fd{\'y}
+ \gdefchar^^fe{\cedilla t}
+ \gdefchar^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
}
% UTF-8 character definitions.
\fi
}
+% Give non-ASCII bytes the active definitions for processing UTF-8 sequences
\begingroup
\catcode`\~13
+ \catcode`\$12
\catcode`\"12
+ % Loop from \countUTFx to \countUTFy, performing \UTFviiiTmp
+ % substituting ~ and $ with a character token of that value.
\def\UTFviiiLoop{%
\global\catcode\countUTFx\active
\uccode`\~\countUTFx
+ \uccode`\$\countUTFx
\uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}%
\advance\countUTFx by 1
\ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy
\expandafter\UTFviiiLoop
\fi}
+ % For bytes other than the first in a UTF-8 sequence. Not expected to
+ % be expanded except when writing to auxiliary files.
+ \countUTFx = "80
+ \countUTFy = "C2
+ \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
+ \gdef~{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars $\fi}}%
+ \UTFviiiLoop
+
\countUTFx = "C2
\countUTFy = "E0
\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
- \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiTwoOctets\string~}}
+ \gdef~{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars $%
+ \else\expandafter\UTFviiiTwoOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
\UTFviiiLoop
\countUTFx = "E0
\countUTFy = "F0
\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
- \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiThreeOctets\string~}}
+ \gdef~{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars $%
+ \else\expandafter\UTFviiiThreeOctets\expandafter$\fi}}%
\UTFviiiLoop
\countUTFx = "F0
\countUTFy = "F4
\def\UTFviiiTmp{%
- \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiFourOctets\string~}}
+ \gdef~{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars $%
+ \else\expandafter\UTFviiiFourOctets\expandafter$\fi
+ }}%
\UTFviiiLoop
\endgroup
+\def\globallet{\global\let} % save some \expandafter's below
+
+% @U{xxxx} to produce U+xxxx, if we support it.
+\def\U#1{%
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax
+ \iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ % All Unicode characters can be used if native Unicode handling is
+ % active. However, if the font does not have the glyph,
+ % letters are missing.
+ \begingroup
+ \uccode`\.="#1\relax
+ \uppercase{.}
+ \endgroup
+ \else
+ \errhelp = \EMsimple
+ \errmessage{Unicode character U+#1 not supported, sorry}%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \csname uni:#1\endcsname
+ \fi
+}
+
+% These macros are used here to construct the name of a control
+% sequence to be defined.
+\def\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName#1#2{%
+ \csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}%
+\def\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName#1#2#3{%
+ \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}%
+\def\UTFviiiFourOctetsName#1#2#3#4{%
+ \csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}%
+
+% For UTF-8 byte sequences (TeX, e-TeX and pdfTeX),
+% provide a definition macro to replace a Unicode character;
+% this gets used by the @U command
+%
\begingroup
\catcode`\"=12
\catcode`\<=12
\catcode`\;=12
\catcode`\!=12
\catcode`\~=13
-
- \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacter#1#2{%
+ \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii#1#2{%
\countUTFz = "#1\relax
- %\wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}%
\begingroup
\parseXMLCharref
- \def\UTFviiiTwoOctets##1##2{%
- \csname u8:##1\string ##2\endcsname}%
- \def\UTFviiiThreeOctets##1##2##3{%
- \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\endcsname}%
- \def\UTFviiiFourOctets##1##2##3##4{%
- \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\string ##4\endcsname}%
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
- \gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
- \endgroup}
+ % Give \u8:... its definition. The sequence of seven \expandafter's
+ % expands after the \gdef three times, e.g.
+ %
+ % 1. \UTFviiTwoOctetsName B1 B2
+ % 2. \csname u8:B1 \string B2 \endcsname
+ % 3. \u8: B1 B2 (a single control sequence token)
+ %
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\expandafter
+ \expandafter\gdef \UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
+ %
+ \expandafter\ifx\csname uni:#1\endcsname \relax \else
+ \message{Internal error, already defined: #1}%
+ \fi
+ %
+ % define an additional control sequence for this code point.
+ \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFviiiTmp
+ \endgroup}
+ %
+ % Given the value in \countUTFz as a Unicode code point, set \UTFviiiTmp
+ % to the corresponding UTF-8 sequence.
\gdef\parseXMLCharref{%
\ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax
\errhelp = \EMsimple
\errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}%
\else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax
\parseUTFviiiA,%
- \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctets.,%
+ \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctetsName.,%
\else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax
\parseUTFviiiA;%
\parseUTFviiiA,%
- \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctets.{,;}%
+ \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctetsName.{,;}%
\else
\parseUTFviiiA;%
\parseUTFviiiA,%
\parseUTFviiiA!%
- \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctets.{!,;}%
+ \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctetsName.{!,;}%
\fi\fi\fi
}
+ % Extract a byte from the end of the UTF-8 representation of \countUTFx.
+ % It must be a non-initial byte in the sequence.
+ % Change \uccode of #1 for it to be used in \parseUTFviiiB as one
+ % of the bytes.
\gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{%
\countUTFx = \countUTFz
\divide\countUTFz by 64
- \countUTFy = \countUTFz
+ \countUTFy = \countUTFz % Save to be the future value of \countUTFz.
\multiply\countUTFz by 64
+
+ % \countUTFz is now \countUTFx with the last 5 bits cleared. Subtract
+ % in order to get the last five bits.
\advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz
+
+ % Convert this to the byte in the UTF-8 sequence.
\advance\countUTFx by 128
\uccode `#1\countUTFx
\countUTFz = \countUTFy}
+ % Used to put a UTF-8 byte sequence into \UTFviiiTmp
+ % #1 is the increment for \countUTFz to yield a the first byte of the UTF-8
+ % sequence.
+ % #2 is one of the \UTFviii*OctetsName macros.
+ % #3 is always a full stop (.)
+ % #4 is a template for the other bytes in the sequence. The values for these
+ % bytes is substituted in here with \uppercase using the \uccode's.
\gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{%
\advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax
\uccode `#3\countUTFz
\uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}}
\endgroup
+% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
+% provide a definition macro that sets a catcode to `other' non-globally
+%
+\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeOther#1#2{%
+ \catcode"#1=\other
+}
+
+% https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plane_(Unicode)#Basic_M
+% U+0000..U+007F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Basic_Latin_(Unicode_block)
+% U+0080..U+00FF = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin-1_Supplement_(Unicode_block)
+% U+0100..U+017F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-A
+% U+0180..U+024F = https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Latin_Extended-B
+%
+% Many of our renditions are less than wonderful, and all the missing
+% characters are available somewhere. Loading the necessary fonts
+% awaits user request. We can't truly support Unicode without
+% reimplementing everything that's been done in LaTeX for many years,
+% plus probably using luatex or xetex, and who knows what else.
+% We won't be doing that here in this simple file. But we can try to at
+% least make most of the characters not bomb out.
+%
+\def\unicodechardefs{%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{{\tcfont \char162}}% 0242=cent
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{{\tcfont \char164}}% 0244=currency
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A5}{{\tcfont \char165}}% 0245=yen
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A6}{{\tcfont \char166}}% 0246=brokenbar
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\S}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AC}{\ensuremath\lnot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B1}{\ensuremath\pm}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B2}{$^2$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B3}{$^3$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B5}{$\mu$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B6}{\P}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B7}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B9}{$^1$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BC}{$1\over4$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BD}{$1\over2$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BE}{$3\over4$}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D7}{\ensuremath\times}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F7}{\ensuremath\div}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010F}{d'}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0110}{\DH}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0111}{\dh}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0122}{\cedilla{G}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0123}{\cedilla{g}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0126}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0127}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012E}{\ogonek{I}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012F}{\ogonek{i}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0136}{\cedilla{K}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0137}{\cedilla{k}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0138}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013B}{\cedilla{L}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013C}{\cedilla{l}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013D}{L'}% should kern
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013E}{l'}% should kern
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013F}{L\U{00B7}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0140}{l\U{00B7}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0145}{\cedilla{N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0146}{\cedilla{n}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0149}{'n}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014A}{\missingcharmsg{ENG}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014B}{\missingcharmsg{eng}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0156}{\cedilla{R}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0157}{\cedilla{r}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{t}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0165}{\v{t}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0166}{\missingcharmsg{H WITH STROKE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0167}{\missingcharmsg{h WITH STROKE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0172}{\ogonek{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0173}{\ogonek{u}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017F}{\missingcharmsg{LONG S}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02BC}{'}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}%
+ %
+ % Greek letters upper case
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0391}{{\it A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0392}{{\it B}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0393}{\ensuremath{\mit\Gamma}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0394}{\ensuremath{\mit\Delta}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0395}{{\it E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0396}{{\it Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0397}{{\it H}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0398}{\ensuremath{\mit\Theta}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0399}{{\it I}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039A}{{\it K}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039B}{\ensuremath{\mit\Lambda}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039C}{{\it M}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039D}{{\it N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039E}{\ensuremath{\mit\Xi}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{039F}{{\it O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A0}{\ensuremath{\mit\Pi}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A1}{{\it P}}%
+ %\DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A2}{} % none - corresponds to final sigma
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A3}{\ensuremath{\mit\Sigma}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A4}{{\it T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A5}{\ensuremath{\mit\Upsilon}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A6}{\ensuremath{\mit\Phi}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A7}{{\it X}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A8}{\ensuremath{\mit\Psi}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03A9}{\ensuremath{\mit\Omega}}%
+ %
+ % Vowels with accents
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0390}{\ensuremath{\ddot{\acute\iota}}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AC}{\ensuremath{\acute\alpha}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AD}{\ensuremath{\acute\epsilon}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AE}{\ensuremath{\acute\eta}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03AF}{\ensuremath{\acute\iota}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B0}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ddot\upsilon}}}%
+ %
+ % Standalone accent
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0384}{\ensuremath{\acute{\ }}}%
+ %
+ % Greek letters lower case
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B1}{\ensuremath\alpha}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B2}{\ensuremath\beta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B3}{\ensuremath\gamma}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B4}{\ensuremath\delta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B5}{\ensuremath\epsilon}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B6}{\ensuremath\zeta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B7}{\ensuremath\eta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B8}{\ensuremath\theta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03B9}{\ensuremath\iota}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BA}{\ensuremath\kappa}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BB}{\ensuremath\lambda}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BC}{\ensuremath\mu}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BD}{\ensuremath\nu}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BE}{\ensuremath\xi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03BF}{{\it o}}% omicron
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C0}{\ensuremath\pi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C1}{\ensuremath\rho}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C2}{\ensuremath\varsigma}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C3}{\ensuremath\sigma}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C4}{\ensuremath\tau}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C5}{\ensuremath\upsilon}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C6}{\ensuremath\phi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C7}{\ensuremath\chi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C8}{\ensuremath\psi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03C9}{\ensuremath\omega}%
+ %
+ % More Greek vowels with accents
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CA}{\ensuremath{\ddot\iota}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CB}{\ensuremath{\ddot\upsilon}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CC}{\ensuremath{\acute o}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CD}{\ensuremath{\acute\upsilon}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03CE}{\ensuremath{\acute\omega}}%
+ %
+ % Variant Greek letters
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D1}{\ensuremath\vartheta}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03D6}{\ensuremath\varpi}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{03F1}{\ensuremath\varrho}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}%
+ %
+ % Punctuation
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2020}{\ensuremath\dagger}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2021}{\ensuremath\ddagger}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{202F}{\thinspace}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright{}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro{}}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result{}}%
+ %
+ % Mathematical symbols
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2200}{\ensuremath\forall}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2203}{\ensuremath\exists}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2208}{\ensuremath\in}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\ast}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221E}{\ensuremath\infty}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2225}{\ensuremath\parallel}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2227}{\ensuremath\wedge}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2229}{\ensuremath\cap}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv{}}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2264}{\ensuremath\leq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2265}{\ensuremath\geq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2282}{\ensuremath\subset}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2287}{\ensuremath\supseteq}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2016}{\ensuremath\Vert}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2032}{\ensuremath\prime}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{210F}{\ensuremath\hbar}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2111}{\ensuremath\Im}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2113}{\ensuremath\ell}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2118}{\ensuremath\wp}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{211C}{\ensuremath\Re}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2135}{\ensuremath\aleph}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2190}{\ensuremath\leftarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2191}{\ensuremath\uparrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2193}{\ensuremath\downarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2194}{\ensuremath\leftrightarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2195}{\ensuremath\updownarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2196}{\ensuremath\nwarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2197}{\ensuremath\nearrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2198}{\ensuremath\searrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2199}{\ensuremath\swarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A6}{\ensuremath\mapsto}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21A9}{\ensuremath\hookleftarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21AA}{\ensuremath\hookrightarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BC}{\ensuremath\leftharpoonup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21BD}{\ensuremath\leftharpoondown}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C0}{\ensuremath\rightharpoonup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21C1}{\ensuremath\rightharpoondown}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21CC}{\ensuremath\rightleftharpoons}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D0}{\ensuremath\Leftarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D1}{\ensuremath\Uparrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D3}{\ensuremath\Downarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D4}{\ensuremath\Leftrightarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D5}{\ensuremath\Updownarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2202}{\ensuremath\partial}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2205}{\ensuremath\emptyset}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2207}{\ensuremath\nabla}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2209}{\ensuremath\notin}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220B}{\ensuremath\owns}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{220F}{\ensuremath\prod}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2210}{\ensuremath\coprod}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2211}{\ensuremath\sum}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2213}{\ensuremath\mp}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2218}{\ensuremath\circ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221A}{\ensuremath\surd}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{221D}{\ensuremath\propto}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2220}{\ensuremath\angle}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2223}{\ensuremath\mid}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2228}{\ensuremath\vee}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222A}{\ensuremath\cup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222B}{\ensuremath\smallint}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{222E}{\ensuremath\oint}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{223C}{\ensuremath\sim}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2240}{\ensuremath\wr}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2243}{\ensuremath\simeq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2245}{\ensuremath\cong}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2248}{\ensuremath\approx}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{224D}{\ensuremath\asymp}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2250}{\ensuremath\doteq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2260}{\ensuremath\neq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226A}{\ensuremath\ll}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{226B}{\ensuremath\gg}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227A}{\ensuremath\prec}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{227B}{\ensuremath\succ}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2283}{\ensuremath\supset}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2286}{\ensuremath\subseteq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{228E}{\ensuremath\uplus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2291}{\ensuremath\sqsubseteq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2292}{\ensuremath\sqsupseteq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2293}{\ensuremath\sqcap}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2294}{\ensuremath\sqcup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2295}{\ensuremath\oplus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2296}{\ensuremath\ominus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2297}{\ensuremath\otimes}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2298}{\ensuremath\oslash}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2299}{\ensuremath\odot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A2}{\ensuremath\vdash}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A3}{\ensuremath\dashv}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A4}{\ensuremath\ptextop}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A5}{\ensuremath\bot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22A8}{\ensuremath\models}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C0}{\ensuremath\bigwedge}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C1}{\ensuremath\bigvee}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C2}{\ensuremath\bigcap}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C3}{\ensuremath\bigcup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C4}{\ensuremath\diamond}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C5}{\ensuremath\cdot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C6}{\ensuremath\star}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{22C8}{\ensuremath\bowtie}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2308}{\ensuremath\lceil}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2309}{\ensuremath\rceil}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230A}{\ensuremath\lfloor}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{230B}{\ensuremath\rfloor}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2322}{\ensuremath\frown}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2323}{\ensuremath\smile}%
+ %
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B3}{\ensuremath\triangle}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25B7}{\ensuremath\triangleright}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25BD}{\ensuremath\bigtriangledown}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C1}{\ensuremath\triangleleft}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{25C7}{\ensuremath\diamond}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2660}{\ensuremath\spadesuit}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2661}{\ensuremath\heartsuit}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2662}{\ensuremath\diamondsuit}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2663}{\ensuremath\clubsuit}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266D}{\ensuremath\flat}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266E}{\ensuremath\natural}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{266F}{\ensuremath\sharp}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{26AA}{\ensuremath\bigcirc}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27B9}{\ensuremath\rangle}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27C2}{\ensuremath\perp}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27E8}{\ensuremath\langle}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F5}{\ensuremath\longleftarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F6}{\ensuremath\longrightarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27F7}{\ensuremath\longleftrightarrow}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{27FC}{\ensuremath\longmapsto}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{29F5}{\ensuremath\setminus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A00}{\ensuremath\bigodot}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A01}{\ensuremath\bigoplus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A02}{\ensuremath\bigotimes}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A04}{\ensuremath\biguplus}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A06}{\ensuremath\bigsqcup}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2A3F}{\ensuremath\amalg}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AAF}{\ensuremath\preceq}%
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2AB0}{\ensuremath\succeq}%
+ %
+ \global\mathchardef\checkmark="1370% actually the square root sign
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2713}{\ensuremath\checkmark}%
+}% end of \unicodechardefs
+
+% UTF-8 byte sequence (pdfTeX) definitions (replacing and @U command)
+% It makes the setting that replace UTF-8 byte sequence.
\def\utfeightchardefs{%
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D0}{\DH}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DE}{\TH}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F0}{\dh}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FE}{\th}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0104}{\ogonek{A}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0105}{\ogonek{a}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0118}{\ogonek{E}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0119}{\ogonek{e}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{t}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{T}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{02DB}{\ogonek{ }}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result}
-
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\point}
- \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv}
-}% end of \utfeightchardefs
+ \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterUTFviii
+ \unicodechardefs
+}
+% Whether the active definitions of non-ASCII characters expand to
+% non-active tokens with the same character code. This is used to
+% write characters literally, instead of using active definitions for
+% printing the correct glyphs.
+\newif\ifpassthroughchars
+\passthroughcharsfalse
+
+% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
+% provide a definition macro to replace/pass-through a Unicode character
+%
+\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative#1#2{%
+ \catcode"#1=\active
+ \def\dodeclareunicodecharacternative##1##2##3{%
+ \begingroup
+ \uccode`\~="##2\relax
+ \uppercase{\gdef~}{%
+ \ifpassthroughchars
+ ##1%
+ \else
+ ##3%
+ \fi
+ }
+ \endgroup
+ }
+ \begingroup
+ \uccode`\.="#1\relax
+ \uppercase{\def\UTFNativeTmp{.}}%
+ \expandafter\dodeclareunicodecharacternative\UTFNativeTmp{#1}{#2}%
+ \endgroup
+}
+
+% Native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX) character replacing definition.
+% It activates the setting that replaces Unicode characters.
+\def\nativeunicodechardefs{%
+ \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNative
+ \unicodechardefs
+}
+
+% For native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX),
+% make the character token expand
+% to the sequences given in \unicodechardefs for printing.
+\def\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU#1#2{%
+ \def\UTFAtUTmp{#2}
+ \expandafter\globallet\csname uni:#1\endcsname \UTFAtUTmp
+}
+
+% @U command definitions for native Unicode handling (XeTeX and LuaTeX).
+\def\nativeunicodechardefsatu{%
+ \let\DeclareUnicodeCharacter\DeclareUnicodeCharacterNativeAtU
+ \unicodechardefs
+}
% US-ASCII character definitions.
\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done
\relax
}
-% Make non-ASCII characters printable again for compatibility with
-% existing Texinfo documents that may use them, even without declaring a
-% document encoding.
-%
-\setnonasciicharscatcode \other
-
+% Define all Unicode characters we know about. This makes UTF-8 the default
+% input encoding and allows @U to work.
+\iftxinativeunicodecapable
+ \nativeunicodechardefsatu
+\else
+ \utfeightchardefs
+\fi
\message{formatting,}
\advance\vsize by \topskip
\outervsize = \vsize
\advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
- \pageheight = \vsize
+ \txipageheight = \vsize
%
\hsize = #2\relax
\outerhsize = \hsize
\advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
- \pagewidth = \hsize
+ \txipagewidth = \hsize
%
\normaloffset = #4\relax
\bindingoffset = #5\relax
% whatever layout pdftex was dumped with.
\pdfhorigin = 1 true in
\pdfvorigin = 1 true in
+ \else
+ \ifx\XeTeXrevision\thisisundefined
+ \special{papersize=#8,#7}%
+ \else
+ \pdfpageheight #7\relax
+ \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
+ % XeTeX does not have \pdfhorigin and \pdfvorigin.
+ \fi
\fi
%
\setleading{\textleading}
%
\lispnarrowing = 0.3in
\tolerance = 700
- \hfuzz = 1pt
\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
\defbodyindent = .5cm
}}
%
\lispnarrowing = 0.25in
\tolerance = 700
- \hfuzz = 1pt
\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
\defbodyindent = .4cm
}}
{297mm}{210mm}%
%
\tolerance = 700
- \hfuzz = 1pt
\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
\defbodyindent = 5mm
}}
%
\lispnarrowing = 0.2in
\tolerance = 800
- \hfuzz = 1.2pt
\contentsrightmargin = 0pt
\defbodyindent = 2mm
\tableindent = 12mm
%
\dimen0 = #1\relax
\advance\dimen0 by \voffset
+ \advance\dimen0 by 1in % reference point for DVI is 1 inch from top of page
%
\dimen2 = \hsize
\advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
+ \advance\dimen2 by 1in % reference point is 1 inch from left edge of page
%
\internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
{\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
%
\letterpaper
+% Default value of \hfuzz, for suppressing warnings about overfull hboxes.
+\hfuzz = 1pt
+
\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
% this is not a problem.
\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-% Turn off all special characters except @
-% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
+% Set catcodes for Texinfo file
+
+% Active characters for printing the wanted glyph.
% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
-
+%
\catcode`\"=\active
\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
\let"=\activedoublequote
-\catcode`\~=\active
-\def~{{\tt\char126}}
-\chardef\hat=`\^
-\catcode`\^=\active
-\def^{{\tt \hat}}
+\catcode`\~=\active \def\activetilde{{\tt\char126}} \let~ = \activetilde
+\chardef\hatchar=`\^
+\catcode`\^=\active \def\activehat{{\tt \hatchar}} \let^ = \activehat
\catcode`\_=\active
\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
-\let\realunder=_
-% Subroutine for the previous macro.
\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
+\let\realunder=_
+
+\catcode`\|=\active \def|{{\tt\char124}}
-\catcode`\|=\active
-\def|{{\tt\char124}}
\chardef \less=`\<
-\catcode`\<=\active
-\def<{{\tt \less}}
+\catcode`\<=\active \def\activeless{{\tt \less}}\let< = \activeless
\chardef \gtr=`\>
-\catcode`\>=\active
-\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
-\catcode`\+=\active
-\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
-\catcode`\$=\active
-\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
+\catcode`\>=\active \def\activegtr{{\tt \gtr}}\let> = \activegtr
+\catcode`\+=\active \def+{{\tt \char 43}}
+\catcode`\$=\active \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
+\catcode`\-=\active \let-=\normaldash
-% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
-% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
-% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
-% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
-\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
+
+% used for headline/footline in the output routine, in case the page
+% breaks in the middle of an @tex block.
+\def\texinfochars{%
+ \let< = \activeless
+ \let> = \activegtr
+ \let~ = \activetilde
+ \let^ = \activehat
+ \markupsetuplqdefault \markupsetuprqdefault
+ \let\b = \strong
+ \let\i = \smartitalic
+ % in principle, all other definitions in \tex have to be undone too.
+}
% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
% parsing them.
% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
% as in \char`\\.
\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
-\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work
-% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and
-% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines).
-{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}}
+% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other.
+{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}}
-% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
+% In Texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
% in fixed width font.
\catcode`\\=\active % @ for escape char from now on.
-% The story here is that in math mode, the \char of \backslashcurfont
-% ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol font (because \char
-% in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex sets
-% \mathcode`\\="026E). It seems better for @backslashchar{} to always
-% print a typewriter backslash, hence we use an explicit \mathchar,
+% Print a typewriter backslash. For math mode, we can't simply use
+% \backslashcurfont: the story here is that in math mode, the \char
+% of \backslashcurfont ends up printing the roman \ from the math symbol
+% font (because \char in math mode uses the \mathcode, and plain.tex
+% sets \mathcode`\\="026E). Hence we use an explicit \mathchar,
% which is the decimal equivalent of "715c (class 7, e.g., use \fam;
% ignored family value; char position "5C). We can't use " for the
% usual hex value because it has already been made active.
-@def@normalbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}}
-@let@backslashchar = @normalbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents.
-% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns:
-% @let \ = @normalbackslash
-% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
+@def@ttbackslash{{@tt @ifmmode @mathchar29020 @else @backslashcurfont @fi}}
+@let@backslashchar = @ttbackslash % @backslashchar{} is for user documents.
+
% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
-% catcode other. We switch back and forth between these.
-@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
+% catcode other.
@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
-% the literal character `\'. Also revert - to its normal character, in
-% case the active - from code has slipped in.
+% the literal character `\'.
%
{@catcode`- = @active
@gdef@normalturnoffactive{%
+ @passthroughcharstrue
@let-=@normaldash
@let"=@normaldoublequote
@let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
@let+=@normalplus
@let<=@normalless
@let>=@normalgreater
- @let\=@normalbackslash
@let^=@normalcaret
@let_=@normalunderscore
@let|=@normalverticalbar
@let~=@normaltilde
+ @let\=@ttbackslash
@markupsetuplqdefault
@markupsetuprqdefault
@unsepspaces
}
}
-% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
-% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
-@otherifyactive
+% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
+% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
+% So turn them off again, and have @fixbackslash turn them back on.
+@catcode`+=@other @catcode`@_=@other
+% \enablebackslashhack - allow file to begin `\input texinfo'
+%
% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
% a backslash.
-%
-@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
-@global@let\ = @eatinput
+% If the file did not have a `\input texinfo', then it is turned off after
+% the first line; otherwise the first `\' in the file would cause an error.
+% This is used on the very last line of this file, texinfo.tex.
+% We also use @c to call @fixbackslash, in case ends of lines are hidden.
+{
+@catcode`@^=7
+@catcode`@^^M=13@gdef@enablebackslashhack{%
+ @global@let\ = @eatinput%
+ @catcode`@^^M=13%
+ @def@c{@fixbackslash@c}%
+ % Definition for the newline at the end of this file.
+ @def ^^M{@let^^M@secondlinenl}%
+ % Definition for a newline in the main Texinfo file.
+ @gdef @secondlinenl{@fixbackslash}%
+ % In case the first line has a whole-line command on it
+ @let@originalparsearg@parsearg
+ @def@parsearg{@fixbackslash@originalparsearg}
+}}
+
+{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode`@^^M=13%
+@gdef@eatinput input texinfo#1^^M{@fixbackslash}}
+
+% Emergency active definition of newline, in case an active newline token
+% appears by mistake.
+{@catcode`@^=7 @catcode13=13%
+@gdef@enableemergencynewline{%
+ @gdef^^M{%
+ @par%
+ %<warning: active newline>@par%
+}}}
+
-% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
-% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
-% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
-% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
-% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
-%
@gdef@fixbackslash{%
- @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
+ @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @ttbackslash @fi
+ @catcode13=5 % regular end of line
+ @enableemergencynewline
+ @let@c=@comment
+ @let@parsearg@originalparsearg
+ % Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
+ % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
@catcode`+=@active
@catcode`@_=@active
+ %
+ % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
+ % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. This macro, @fixbackslash, gets
+ % called at the beginning of every Texinfo file. Not opening texinfo.cnf
+ % directly in this file, texinfo.tex, makes it possible to make a format
+ % file for Texinfo.
+ %
+ @openin 1 texinfo.cnf
+ @ifeof 1 @else @input texinfo.cnf @fi
+ @closein 1
}
+
% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
@escapechar = `@@
@markupsetuprqdefault
@c Local variables:
-@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
+@c eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
+@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message\\|emacs-page"
@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
@c time-stamp-end: "}"
@c vim:sw=2:
-@ignore
- arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
-@end ignore
+@enablebackslashhack
projects / pspp / commitdiff